OFTEN remembered only as the era of the miners’ strike and Maggie Thatcher, one historian argues that the 1980s was actually a revolutionary decade

1. A, 2. B, 3. C, 4. D, 5. E, 6. F 7. G, 8. H, 9. I, 10. J, 11. K, 12. L 13. M, 14. N, 15. o, 16. P, 17. Q, 18. R 19. S, 20. T, 21. U, 22. V, 23. W, 24. X 25. Y, 26. Z, 27. zero, 28. 1, 29. 2, 30. 3 31. 4, 32. 5, 33. 6, 34. 7, 35. 8, 36. 9 Created with fd's Flickr Toys.

Relogio de mesa radionica - - Grupo 1 : Minutos, Horas, Dias, Semanas, Meses, Anos Grupo 2 : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60 Grupo 3 : Janeiro, Fevereiro, Março, Abril, Maio, Junho, Julho, Agosto, Setembro, Outubro, Novembro, Dezembro Grupo 4 : Baixo, Normal, Alto Grupo 5 : A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, X, Y, W, Z Grupo 6 : Físico, Mental, Espiritual

Tg Sousa - State of Paraiba (Brasile) 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 9/13 febbraio 2018 N. B. - Cologno al Serio (Bergamo, Italia) - 2 adulti - 2 notti - 26/28 ottobre N. D. - Sedico (Belluno, Italia) - 1 adulto - 1 notte - 10/11 novembre R. B. - Tombolo (Padova, Italia) - 2 adulti - 1 notte - 17/18 novembre A. S. - Belgorod (Russia) - 2 adulti 3 bambini - 2 notti - 20/22 novembre L. M. - Florianopolis (Brasile) - 3 adulti - 6 notti - 28 novembre/04 dicembre A. L. - Gerusalemme (Israele) - 4 adulti - 2 notti - 7/9 dicembre P. S. - Udine (Italia) - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 1 notte - 22/23 dicembre M. R. - Monaco di Baviera (Germania) - 4 adulti - 4 notti - 26/30 dicembre 2019 T. W. - Attenkirchen (Germania) - 2 adulti 3 bambini - 1 notte - 1/2 gen 2019 M. A. - San Pietroburgo (Russia) - 3 adulti 1 bambino - 3 notti - 04/07 gen 2019 A. A. - Varese (Italia) - 4 adulti - 2 notti - 17/19 gen 2019 P. R. - Londra (UK)) - 3 adulti - 5 notti - 22/27 gen 2019 L. G. - Italia - 2 adulti 1 bambino - 29/30 gennaio 2019 M. N. - Bergamo (Italia) - 6 adulti - 2 notti - 01/03 febbraio 2019 M. S. - Karjakula (Estonia) - 2 adulti - 1 notte - 08/09 febbraio 2019 M. Z. - Unteriberg (Svizzera) - 1 adulto - 1 notte - 13/14 febbraio 2019 H. C. - Lubiana (Slovenia) - 2 adulti 1 bambino - 1 notte - 16/17 febbraio 2019 S. G. - Donzella (Italia) - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 2 notti - 22/24 febbraio T. N. - San Paolo (Brasile) - 5 adulti - 2 notti - 26/28 febbraio 2019 P. L. - Vicenza (Italia) - 2 adulti - 2 notti - 01/03 marzo 2019 J. M. - Urbach (Germania) - 3 adulti - 5 notti - 06/11 marzo 2019 M. G. - Paterna/Valencia (Spagna) - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 4 notti - 16/20 mar 2019 R. U. - Curitiba (Brasile) - 4 adulti - 1 notte - 22/23 marzo 2019  P. M. - Mosca (Russia) - 4 adulti - 1 notte - 26/27 marzo 2019 M. S. - Mosca (Russia) - 4 adulti 1 bambino - 1 notte - 28/29 marzo 2019 M. S. - Mosca (Russia) - 4 adulti 1 bambino - 1 notte - 30/31 marzo 2019 J. L. - Novo Hamburgo (Brasile) - 4 adulti 1 bambino - 3 notti - 01/04 aprile 2019 A. A. - Faro (Portogallo) - 3 adulti 2 ragazzi - 7 notti - 05/12 aprile 2019 C. C. - Bar Harbor - Maine (USA) - 3 adulti - 1 notte - 13/14 apr 2019 GB. T. P. - Arese (Italia) - 4 adulti 2 bambini - 6 notti - 17/23 aprile 2019 S. M. - Serbia - 6 adulti - 1 notte - 25/26 apr 2019 K. Z. - Russia - 5 adulti - 1 notte - 29/30 aprile 2019 Y. S. - San Pietroburgo (Russia) - 5 ospiti - 2 notti - 01/03 maggio 2019 G. T. - Cagliari (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 2 notti - 04/06 maggio 2019 F. T.  - Cagliari (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 1 notte - 07/08 maggio 2019 E. I. - San Pietroburgo (Russia) - 4 adulti - 1 notte - 9/10 maggio 2019 S. M. - Serbia - 6 adulti - 1 notte - 11/12 mag 2019 E. V. - Galway (Irlanda) - 4 adulti - 5 notti - 15/20 maggio 2019 B. R. - Fort Worth - Texas (USA) - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 4 notti - 23/27 maggio 2019 Y. P. - Cina - 3 adulti - 1 notte - 28/29 maggio 2019 O. K. - Mytishchi (Russia) - 4 adulti 1 ragazza - 3 notti - 30 maggio/02 giugno 2019 D. A. - Memphis/Tennessee (USA) - 4 adulti - 2 notti - 06/08 giugno 2019 S. G. - Minsk (Bielorussia) - 4 adulti 1 bambino - 2 notti - 09/11 giugno 2019 T. D. - New York (USA) - 4 adulti - 1 notte - 12/13 giugno 2019 S. K. - Friburgo (Germania) - 1 adulto - 1 notte - 14/15 giugno 2019 H. T. - Mosca (Russia) - 3 adulti 2 bambini - 3 notti - 16/19 giugno 2019 O. C. - Budapest (Ungheria) - 4 adulti - 3 notti - 20/23 giugno 2019 S. G. - Mosca (Russia) - 2 adulti 1 bambino - 1 notte - 24/25 giugno 2019 S. C. - Innsbruck (Austria) - 4 adulti - 1 notte - 27/28 giugno 2019 Ashli S. - USA - 3 adulti 2 bambini - 4 notti - 30 giugno/04 luglio 2019 Buena B. G. - Jalon (Spagna) - 5 ospiti - 1 notte - 05/06 luglio 2019 M. C. - Saint-Martin-d'Auxigny (Francia) - 4 adulti 1 bambino - 1 notte - 07/08 luglio 2019 E. M. - Beacon/New York (USA) - 2 adulti 3 bambini - 2 notti - 10/12 luglio 2019 S. P. - Saint-Benoit-de-Carmaux - Occitanie (Francia) - 1 adulto - 1 notte - 13/14 luglio 2019 L. M. C. - Haspres (Francia) - 4 adulti - 14 notti - 15/29 luglio 2019 C. M. - Chauvigny (Francia) - 4 adulti 1 bambino - 1 notte - 31 luglio/01 agosto 2019 J. S. - Staphorst (Olanda) - 4 adulti - 14 notti - 3/17 agosto 2019 Coralie. T. - Peschadoires (Francia) - 6 adulti - 1 notte - 18/19 agosto 2019 Petr P. - Brno (Repubblica Ceca) - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 2 notti - 21/23 agosto 2019 Silvia B. - Livorno (Italia) - 2 adulti 1 bambino - 1 notte - 24/25 agosto 2019 Valeriya. B. - Mosca (Russia) - 6 adulti 1 neonato - 3 notti - 26/29 agosto 2019 Simone B. - Pisa (Italia) - 5 ospiti - 3 notti - 31 agosto/3 settembre 2019 Karen L. - Santiago de Compostela (Spagna) - 3 adulti - 1 notte - 4/5 settembre 2019 Martin K. - Praga (Rep. Ceca) - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 1 notte - 6/7 settembre 2019 Jean Luc D. - Saint-Léger-sur-Dheune (Francia) - 4 adulti - 4 notti - 08/12 settembre 2019 Hanna-Leena P. - Ecuador - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 2 notti - 14/16 settembre 2019 Guto T. - Curitiba (Brasile) - 4 adulti - 1 notte - 18/19 settembre 2019 Tim H. - Lostock Gralam (UK) - 2 adulti - 4 notti - 21/25 settembre 2019 Halmukhtar A. - England (UK) - 3 adulti - 1 notte - 27/28 settembre 2019 Robin S. - Konigswinter/Nord Reno Westfalia (Germania) - 2 adulti - 1 notte - 30 settembre/1 ottobre 2019 Vladimir V. - Vologda Oblast (Russia) - 2 adulti - 1 notte - 2/3 ottobre 2019 Alexej V. - South Bohemian Region (Repubblica Ceca) - 2 adulti 3 bambini - 1 notte - 4/5 ottobre 2019 Carlos M. - Curitiba (Brasile) - 2 adulti - 2 notti - 07/09 ottobre 2019 Olga M. - Čeljabinsk (Russia) - 5 ospiti - 1 notte - 10/11 ottobre 2019 Yelyzaveta C. - San Pietroburgo (Russia) - 4 adulti - 1 notte - 12/13 ottobre 2019 Carlos M. - Curitiba (Brasile) - 2 adulti - 2 notti - 14/15 ottobre 2019 Jocelyn P. - Ninilchick (Alaska/USA) - 2 adulti - 1 notte - 16/17 ottobre 2019 Segolene C. - Lille (Francia) - 4 adulti 1 bambino - 3 notti - 20/23 ottobre 2019 Sarka B. - Uherský Brod (Repubblica Ceka) - 4 adulti - 2 notti - 25/27 ottobre 2019 Alexander B. - Sochi (Russia) - 4 ospiti - 1 notte - 28/29 ottobre 2019 Anna P. - Mosca (Russia) - 3 adulti 1 bambino - 3 notti - 31 ottobre/03 novembre 2019 Pietro P. - Terni (Italia) - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 3 notti - 07/10 novembre 2019 Jauhien S. - Minsk (Bielorussia) - 2 ospiti - 1 notte - 18/19 novembre 2019 Brigiett P. - Fayetteville/Georgia (USA) - 4 ospiti - 2 notti - 21/23 novembre 2019 Laura S. - Marlborough/Connecticut (USA) - 5 adulti - 3 notti - 24/27 novembre 2019 Emanuelle M. - Ile de France/Parigi (Francia) - 5 ospiti - 1 notte - 29/30 novembre 2019 Andris B. - Riga (Lettonia) - 2 adulti - 2 notti - 1/3 dicembre 2019 Maryke. L. - Everton Park - Queensland (Australia) - 2 adulti 2 ragazzi - 3 notti - 12/15 dicembre 2019 Alla R. - Mosca (Russia) - 6 ospiti - 8 notti - 23/31 dicembre 2019 2020 Swan A. - Ste. Genevieve/Missouri (USA) - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 3 notti - 02/05 gennaio Laura O. - Cordoba (Argentina) - 2 adulti - 2 notti - 05/07 gennaio Paula M. - Curitiba (Brasile) - 4 adulti 1 bambino - 1 notte - 07/08 gennaio Marlene L. P. - Heredia (Costa Rica) - 6 adulti - 2 notti - 11/13 gennaio Martina M. - Roma (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 2 notti - 15/17 gennaio Alex C. - Lucas (Australia) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 17/20 gennaio Marta U. - Varsavia (Polonia) - 2 ospiti - 2 notti - 20/22 gennaio Sofia P. - Villafranca (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 2 notti - 24/26 gennaio Yan Y. - Cina - 4 ospiti - 1 notte - 1/2 febbraio Karolina S. - Königsbrunn (Germania) - 3 ospiti - 1 notte - 8/9 febbraio Sergey S. - Mosca (Russia) - 3 ospiti - 2 notti - 13/15 febbraio Jean Pierre D. - Stettino (Polonia) - 5 ospiti - 2 notti - 16/19 febbraio George L. - Moinesti (Romania) - 6 ospiti - 5 notti - 19/24 febbraio Edgar M. - Santiago (Cile) - 5 ospiti - 3 notti - 24/27 febbraio Vladislav - Kiev (Ucraina) - 6 ospiti - 4 notti - 28 febbraio/03 marzo Sandro S. - Genova (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 2 notti - 6/8 marzo Francesca C. - Trani (Italia) - 1 ospite - 6 notti - 24/30 giugno Elisa C. - Occhiobello (Italia) - 1 ospite - 14 notti - 01/15 luglio Monika R. - Kassel (Assia - Germania) - 5 ospiti - 7 notti - 18/25 luglio Mattia D. - Cogoleto (Italia) - 3 ospiti - 10 notti - 29 lug/8 agosto Andrè B. - Doornspijk (Olanda) - 2 adulti 3 ragazzi - 7 notti - 10/17 agosto Dario V. M. - Baranzate/Milano (Italia) - 4 adulti - 5 notti - 17/22 agosto Marianna Lo N. - Albignasego (Italia) - 2 adulti 2 bambini - 7 notti - 22/29 agosto Romuald K. - Gdynia  (Polonia) - 3 ospiti - 4 notti - 21/27 settembre Deni M. - Braga (Portogallo) - 6 ospiti - 2 notti - 24/26 settembre Marta S. - Mira (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 2 notti - 27/29 settembre Engin Y. - Zwolle (Olanda) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 30 settembre/3 ottobre Ilaria V. - Badia Polesine/Rovigo (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 2 notti - 18/20 dicembre Alessia De B. - Zevio/Verona (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 3 notti - 24/27 dicembre 2021 Tiziana R. - Saciletto/Udine (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 2 notti - 16/18 gennaio Tiziana R. - Saciletto/Udine (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 2 notti - 31 gennaio/1 febbraio Martin A. - Illinois (USA) - 2 ospiti - 7 notti - 01/08 marzo Jasmina G. - Vienna (Austria) - 4 notti - 4 ospiti - 19/23 Marzo Tiziana R. - Saciletto/Udine (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 1 notte - 23/24 aprile Ilaria V. - Badia Polesine/Rovigo (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 25/28 maggio 2021 Marianne S. - Heuweiler/Baden Wurtemberg (Germany) - 4 ospiti - 7 notti - 29 maggio/5 giugno 2021 Tiziana R. - Saciletto/Udine (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 1 notte - 09/10 Giugno 2021 Chiara C. - Marche (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 2 notti - 18/20 giugno 2021 Catalina O. - Algaida (Spagna) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 25/28 giugno 2021 Jeremy C. - Saint Jean de Luz (Francia) - 5 ospiti - 3 notti - 29 giugno/02 luglio Igor L. - Jablonec nad Nisou (Rep. Ceca) - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 05/09 luglio Marta S. - Mira (Italia) - 6 ospiti - 2 notti - 10/12 luglio Mashhoud I. - Lubecca (Germania) - 5 ospiti - 2 notti - 13/15 luglio Sabine S. - Amsterdam (Olanda) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 16/19 luglio Ivan G. - Bochum (Germania) - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 20/24 luglio Rene R. - Meppel (Paesi Bassi) - 3 ospiti - 7 notti - 31 luglio/07 agosto Jan S. - Mörfelden-Walldorf (Germania) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 10/13 agosto Yvonne/Bernd - Gouda (Olanda) - 4 ospiti - 5 notti - 16/22 agosto 2022 Kevin M. - Paesi Bassi - 5 ospiti - 7 notti - 30 aprile/07 maggio Frederik H. J. - Risskov (Danimarca) - 2 ospiti - 5 notti - 23/28 maggio Marco P. - L'Aquila (Italia) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 2/5 giugno Boudewijn V der B. - Enschede (Paesi Bassi) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 07/10 giugno Snizhanna H. - Odessa (Ukraina) - 3 ospiti - 5 notti - 13/18 giugno Agris K. - Lettonia - 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 25/29 giugno Dmitrijus S. - Vilnius (Lituania) - 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 02/06 luglio Pastorel O. - Sibiu (Romania) - 2 ospiti - 6 notti - 08/14 luglio Martina Z. - Zlin Region (Rep. Ceca) - 5 ospiti - 2 notti - 16/18 luglio Thomas H. - Vejle (Danimarca) - 2 ospiti - 5 notti - 19/24 luglio Raphael Z. - Norroy-lès Pont-à-Mousson (Francia) - 3 ospiti - 10 notti - 27 luglio/06 agosto Yvonne/Bernd - Gouda (Paesi Bassi) - 4 ospiti - 5 notti - 07/14 agosto Paul R. - Kent, England (Regno Unito) - 4 ospiti - 12 notti - 28  agosto/09 settembre Marta S. - Mira (Italia) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 10/13 settembre Maxi K. - Berlino (Germania) - 3 ospiti - 7 notti - 16/23 settembre Josè S. - Minas Gerais - Belo Horizonte (Brasile) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 30 settembre/03 ottobre Julius S. - Vilnius (Lituania) - 4 ospiti - 14 notti - 12/26 ottobre Cristina P. - Gussola (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 29 ottobre/01 novembre DavidyElena - New York (USA) - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 05/09 novembre Jessica M. - Melbourne (Australia) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 11/14 novembre Massimo R. - Bollate/Milano (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 28 novembre/02 dicembre Eva B. - Venezia (Italia) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 08/11 dicembre 2023 Jense M. - Amsterdam (Olanda) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 13/16 gennaio Ivan M. - Madrid (Spagna) - 3 ospiti - 5 notti - 19/24 gennaio Anja K. - Leuna (Germania) - 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 11/15 febbraio Karolina G. - Tychy  (Polonia) - 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 16/20 febbraio Shannon B. - Francia - 5 ospiti - 3 notti - 25/28 febbraio Paula A. - Mendoza (Argentina) - 5 ospiti - 3 notti - 8/11 marzo Gian L. - Victoria (Canada) - 5 ospiti - 3 notti - 14/17 marzo Gian L. - Victoria (Canada) - 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 23/27 marzo Carina L. - Lisbona (Portogallo) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 4/7 aprile Seedorf A. - Germania - 6 ospiti - 7 notti - 9/16 aprile Marta S. - Mira (Italia) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 22/25 aprile Mauro V. - Zurigo (Svizzera) - 4 ospiti - 8 notti - 27 aprile/5 maggio Francisco R. D. - (Spagna) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 6/9 maggio Ibbi S. - Graested (Danimarca) - 3 ospiti - 7 notti - 10/17 maggio Purification B. - La Coruna (Spagna) - 2 ospiti - 5 notti - 18/23 maggio Helli -   Marbach am Neckar (Germania) - 4 ospiti - 7 notti - 27 maggio/3 giugno Stephen S. - Milwaukee (USA) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 4/7 giugno Elise L. - Troyes (Francia) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 8/11 giugno Kevin B. - Castello di Godego (Treviso/Italia) - 6 ospiti - 6 notti - 12/18 giugno Agnieszca Agata - Portmarnock (Irlanda) - 4 ospiti - 11 notti - 21/30 giugno Benjamin R. - Montauban (Francia) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 1-4 luglio Veronica U. - Malà Skàla (Repubblica Ceka) - 5 ospiti - 7 notti - 07/14 luglio Francois L. - Nimes (Francia) - 3 ospiti - 8 notti - 15/23 luglio Jana S. - Meiningen (Germania) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 23/26 luglio Szymon - Katowice (Polonia) - 2 ospiti - 4 notti - 26/30 luglio Jelle R. - Amsterdam (Paesi Bassi) - 4 ospiti - 5 notti - 31 luglio/5 agosto Yvonne/Bernd - Gouda (Paesi Bassi) - 5 ospiti - 7 notti - 06/13 agosto Leann H. - Paesi Bassi - 6 ospiti - 7 notti - 14-24 agosto Giovanni A. - (Italia) - 3 ospiti - 8 notti - 26 agosto/1 settembre Laurence C. - Monestier (Francia) - 6 ospiti - 5 notti - 7/12 settembre Wilma B. - Glen Waverley (Australia) - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 13/17 settembre Michael R. - Dresda (Germania) - 5 ospiti - 7 notti - 19/26 settembre Jadelin L. - Turku (Finlandia) - 2 ospiti - 3 notti - 27/30 settembre Marwa (Germania) - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 1/5 ottobre Jo Ann C. - Easthampton/Massachusetts (USA) - 2 ospiti - 3 notti - 10/13 ottobre Javier  Asnieres - sur - Seine (Francia) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 30 ottobre/02 novembre Marta S. - Mira (Italia) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 03/06 novembre Barbara E. - Vienna (Austria) - 3 ospiti - 4 notti - 11/15 novembre Eva B. - Venezia (Italia) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 16/19 novembre Carlo R. - Genova (Italia) - 3 ospiti - 4 notti - 20/24 novembre Benjamin S. - Rednitzembach (Germania) - 5 ospiti - 5 notti - 27 novembre/2 dicembre Michele A. - Italia - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 7/10 dicembre Martin M. - Preston (Regno Unito) - 2 ospiti - 6 notti - 14/20 dicembre 2024 Val P. - 4 ospiti - 5 notti - 8/13 gennaio Emerson M. - San Paolo (Brasile) - 5 ospiti - 5 notti - 15/20 gennaio Nelson Orlando - Bogotà (Colombia) - 4 ospiti - 5 notti - 24/29 gennaio Michal - Lublino (Polonia) - 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 30 gennaio/3 febbraio Danielle H. - Rep. Ceca - 1 ospite - 4 notti - 11/15 febbraio Katerina P. - Police (Repubblica Ceca) - 4 ospiti - 7 notti - 16/23 febbraio Antonio D. M. - Velez Rubio (Spagna) - 6 ospiti - 8 notti - 24 febbraio/3 marzo Elisa L. - Victoria (Canada) - 3 ospiti - 5 notti - 8/13 marzo Chiara C. - Altotting (Germania) - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 13/18 marzo Flavia E. - Comodoro Rivadavia (Argentina) - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 21/25 marzo Nadine - Ennepe-Ruhr-Kreis (Germania) - 4 ospiti - 8 notti - 28 marzo/4 aprile Yaw A - Devizes (Regno Unito) - 5 ospiti - 3 notti - 7/10 aprile  Thierry B. - Francia - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 11/15 aprile Ron K. - Modi'in-Maccabim-Re'ut (Israele) - 3 ospiti - 10 notti - 15/25 aprile Mauro V - Zurigo (Svizzera) - 4 ospiti - 8 notti - 25 aprile/3 maggio Lydia Anne B. - Millbrook/New York (USA) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 7/10 maggio Marta G. - Unterreichenbach (Germania) - 3 ospiti - 7 notti - 11/18 maggio Brantley M. - Georgia (USA) - 6 ospiti - 12 notti - 21 maggio/2 giugno Erin W. - Sligo (Irlanda)) - 2 ospiti - 3 notti - 9/12 giugno Anna De V. - Treviso (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 4 notti - 16/20 giugno Laima L. -  Lituania - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 21/26 giugno Ana B. - Zagabria (Croazia) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 27/30 giugno Andreas D. - Grimma (Germania) - 3 ospiti - 10 notti - 1/11 luglio Liat Z. - Israele - 5 ospiti - 14 notti - 12/26 luglio Leann H. - Paesi Bassi - 6 ospiti - 14 notti - 27 luglio/10 agosto Yvonne/Bernd - Gouda (Paesi Bassi) - 5 ospiti - 7 notti - 11/18 agosto Marianna - Albignasego/Padova (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 22/25 agosto Marta S. - Mira (Italia) - 6 ospiti - 10 notti - 29 agosto/8 settembre Cheng Ming - Welwyn Garden City (Regno Unito) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 10/13 settembre Balestro F - Thiene (Vicenza/Italy) - 2 ospiti - 7 notti - 15/22 settembre Carlotta - Italia - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 20/23 settembre Eslam A - Monaco (Germania) - 2 ospiti - 5 notti - 27 settembre/2 ottobre Heidi A. - 4 ospiti - 8 notti - 3/11 ottobre Donna M. - Wangaratta (Australia) - 5 ospiti - 5 notti - 14/19 ottobre Gunay V. - Baku (Azerbaigian) - 4 ospiti - 7 notti - 23/30 ottobre Michele A. - (Italia) - 3 notti - 4 ospiti - 31 ottobre/3 novembre Sharon - Sudafrica - 2 ospiti - 3 notti - 4/7 novembre Elisa L. - Victoria (Canada) - 2 ospiti - 6 notti - 15/21 novembre Eva B. - Venezia (Italia) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 22/25 novembre Stella - Genova (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 5 notti - 29 novembre/4 dicembre Davide P - Revere/Mantova (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 3 notti - 5/8 dicembre Emma A - Bristol (Regno Unito) - 2 ospiti - 3 notti - 12/15 dicembre Julio P - Madrid (Spagna) - 6 ospiti - 8 notti - 19/29 dicembre Stanislav S - (Germania) - 4 ospiti - 6 notti - 30 dicembre/5 gennaio 2025 2025 Juan Carlos - A Coruna (Spagna) - 4 ospiti - 5 notti - 16/21 gennaio Janaina C. - Esperance (Australia) - 5 ospiti - 3 notti - 24/27 gennaio Hua C - (Cina) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 4/7 febbraio Tg Sousa - State of Paraiba (Brasile) - 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 9/13 febbraio Stella - Genova (Italia) - 2 ospiti - 5 notti - 14/19 febbraio Pawel - Suchedniow (Polonia) - 6 ospiti - 5 notti - 20/25 febbraio Nadège L - Rennes (Francia) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 13/16 marzo Johanna K - Lipsia (Germania) - 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 23/27 marzo Tanda B. - Rosharon (Texas/USA) - 5 ospiti - 4 notti - 4/8 aprile Melanie F - Denklingen (Germania) - 6 ospiti - 7 notti - 14/21 aprile Lotte - Paesi Bassi - 5 ospiti - 8 notti - 24 aprile/2 maggio Claudio DS - Perugia (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 3/6 maggio Veronique K - Belgio - 1 ospite - 7 notti - 18/25 maggio Monika S. - Baddeckenstedt (Germania) - 2 ospiti - 4 notti - 27/31 maggio Marta S. - Mira (Venezia/Italia) - 6 ospiti - 3 notti - 1/4 giugno Daniel D - Bad Blankenburg (Germania) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 5/8 giugno Mika H. - Ulm (Germania) - 3 ospiti - 5 notti - 10/15 giugno Carlotta M - Veneto (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 6 notti - 23/29 giugno Dmitrijus S. - Vilnius (Lituania) - 5 ospiti - 3 notti - 30Giugno/3 luglio Nathalie F. - St. Chamond (Francia) - 5 ospiti - 8 notti - 5/13 luglio Oliver V-R - Baguer-Morvan (Francia) - 6 ospiti - 11 notti - 14/25 luglio Paula E. - Italia - 1 ospite - 10 notti - 26 luglio/5 agosto Teli C. - Woking (Regno Unito) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 9/12 agosto Carlotta M - Veneto (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 4 notti - 13/17 agosto Bernd - Gooda (Olanda) - 4 ospiti - 7 notti - 17/24 agosto Aline-Denise E. - Germania - 4 ospiti - 7 notti - 25 agosto/1 settembre Elisa L. - Victoria (Canada) - 1 ospite - 13 notti - 2/15 settembre Amici di Ester - Barcellona (Spagna) - 2 ospiti - 3 notti - 24/27 ottobre Peter O. - Wesseln (Germania) - 2 ospiti - 14 notti - 19 novembre/3 dicembre Michele A - Lombardia (Italia) - 4 ospiti - 3 notti - 5/8 dicembre Eva B - Venezia (Italia) - 3 ospiti - 3 notti - 12/15 dicembre Friederike L. - Berlino (Germania) - 6 ospiti - 10 notti - 20/30 dicembre 2026 Helli R. - Marbach  am Neckar (Germania) - 5 ospiti - 11 notti - 24 maggio/4 giugno Helli R. - Marbach  am Neckar (Germania) - 5 ospiti - 14 notti - 16/30 agosto

Relógio Radiestésico Completo - Complementar - Grupo 1 : Vermelho, Laranja, Amarelo, Verde, Azul, Indigo, Violeta Grupo 2 : Horas, Minutos, Dias, Semanas, Meses, Anos Grupo 3 : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60 Grupo 4 : Janeiro, Fevereiro, Março, Abril, Maio, Junho, Julho, Agosto, Setembro, Outubro, Novembro, Dezembro Grupo 5 : 0%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 100% Grupo 6 : A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, X, Y, W, Z

Heinz Alphabetti and Numberetti 1. spaghetti letter A, 2. spaghetti letter B, 3. spaghetti letter C, 4. spaghetti letter D, 5. spaghetti letter E, 6. spaghetti letter F, 7. spaghetti letter G, 8. spaghetti letter H, 9. spaghetti letter I, 10. spaghetti letter J, 11. spaghetti letter K, 12. spaghetti letter L, 13. spaghetti letter M, 14. spaghetti letter N, 15. spaghetti letter O, 16. spaghetti letter P, 17. spaghetti letter Q, 18. spaghetti letter R, 19. spaghetti letter S, 20. spaghetti letter T, 21. spaghetti letter U, 22. spaghetti letter V, 23. spaghetti letter W, 24. spaghetti letter X, 25. spaghetti letter Y, 26. spaghetti letter Z, 27. spaghetti number 0, 28. spaghetti number 1, 29. spaghetti number 2, 30. spaghetti number 3, 31. spaghetti number 4, 32. spaghetti number 5, 33. spaghetti number 6, 34. spaghetti number 7, 35. spaghetti number 8, 36. spaghetti number 9 Created with fd's Flickr Toys.

Detail Specification of Highest Performance DSLR Camera Canon EOS 5DsR  The Canon EOS 5DS R includes an all-new 50.6 megapixel CMOS sensor, alongside double DIGIC 6 processors. The 'R' model counterbalances the counter associating channel for greatest goals (to the detriment of moiré). The self-adjust framework has an aggregate of 61 points (in a 'high thickness reticular cluster'), 41 of which are cross-type. It utilizes the equivalent 150,000-pixel RGB+IR metering framework as the EOS 7D II with a scene recognition framework. The metering framework likewise has an enemy of glint work for shooting under sodium vapour lights. The ISO extend on the camera is 100-6400, expandable to 12800.  The 5DS R has a more unbending skeleton than the EOS 5D III so as to limit camera shake and improve flexibility. The shade is appraised to 150,000 cycles. The 5DS game is a 'Wise Viewfinder II' which has an installed straightforward LCD board that can show edited shooting outlines, synthesis networks, and an electronic dimension. It likewise sports a 3.2" LCD show with 1.04M spots and double memory card openings (CompactFlash and SD/SDHC/SDXC with UHS-I support).  Picture takers have a decision of two harvest modes: 1.3x (30.5MP) and 1.6x (19.6MP) just as medium and little size Raws. The 5DS can shoot persistently at 5 fps. Video-wise, the 5DS backings 1080/30p account, however, needs clean HDMI yield and an earphone jack. Short Description about Canon EOS 5DS R Digital SLR Camera w EF 24-70mm F2.8 Lens Bundle Price $5298.00as of May 14, 2019,  Brand Canon Resolution 50.6 Megapixel Sensor Size Full Frame Sensor Type CMOS ISO 100 - 6400 Viewfinder Optical Display Size 3.2 inches Shooting Speed 4.8 fps Video Resolution 1920 x 1080 Focal Length 24 - 70 mm 35mm Equivalent 24 - 70 mm Max Aperture F/2.8 Optical Zoom 2.9x Release Date June 2015 Body Weight 32.8 ounces Lens Weight 28.4 ounces Weight 61.2 ounces Detail Specification of  DSLR Camera Canon EOS 5DsR  Specifications Canon EOS 5Ds R Year Introduced 2015 Megapixels 50.6 Total Pixels 53.0 Sensor Size 36.0 x 24.0mm Pixel Dimensions 8688 x 5792 Pixel Size 4.14µm Diffraction-Limited Aperture f/6.7 Aspect Ratio 3:2 Sensor Cleaning EOS Integrated Cleaning System with fluorine coated Low-Pass Filter Lens Mount EF (excludes EF-S lenses), TS-E, MP-E FOVCF 1.0x Image Processor Dual DIGIC 6 Autofocus Type TTL-CT-SIR with a dedicated CMOS sensor Points 61 Point / 41 f/4 cross-type AF points inc 5 dual cross-type at f/2.8 The number of cross-type AF points will differ depending on the lens. Working Range EV -2 - 18 (at 20°C & ISO100) Modes One-Shot AI Focus AI Servo Point Selection Automatic selection: 61 points AF Manual selection: Single-point AF (61, 41 cross-type only, 15 or 9 points selectable) Manual selection: Spot AF Manual selection: AF point Expansion 4 points (up, down, left, right) Manual selection: AF point Expansion surrounding 8 points Manual selection: Zone AF AF points can be selected separately for vertical and horizontal shooting Predictive Assist Beam Emitted by optional dedicated Speedlite Microadjustment AF Menu +/- 20 steps ( wide and tele setting for Zooms) Adjust all lenses by the same amount Adjust up to 40 lenses individually Adjustments remembered for lens by serial number Exposure Control Metering Modes 150,000-pixel RGB+IR metering sensor EOS iSA System with 252-zone metering: (1) Evaluative metering (linked to All AF points) (2) Partial metering (approx. 6.1% of viewfinder at centre) (3) Spot metering (approx. 1.3% viewfinder at centre) * AF point-linked spot metering not provided (4) Centre-weighted average metering Metering Range EV 1 – 20 (at 23°C with 50mm f/1.4 lens ISO100) Exposure Comp +/-5 EV in 1/3 or 1/2 stop increments (can be combined with AEB). AEB 2, 3, 5 or 7 Shots +/-3 EV 1/3 or 1/2 stop increments ISO Sensitivity Auto (100-6400), 100-6400 (in 1/3-stop or whole stop increments) ISO can be expanded to L: 50, H1: 12800 Shutter Speed 30 - 1/8000 sec (1/2 or 1/3 stop increments) + Bulb (Shutter speed range available varies according to shooting mode) WB Settings AWB (Ambience priority/White priority), Daylight, Shade, Cloudy, Tungsten, White Fluorescent light, Flash, Custom, Color Temperature Setting. White balance compensation: 1. Blue/Amber +/-9 2. Magenta/ Green +/-9. Custom WB Yes, 1 setting can be registered WB Bracketing +/-3 levels in single-level increments 3 bracketed images per shutter release. Selectable Blue/Amber bias or Magenta/ Green bias. Viewfinder Type Pentaprism Coverage Approx. 100% Magnification Approx. 0.71x Eyepoint Approx. 21mm Diopter Correction -3 to +1 m-1 (diopter) Focusing Screen Fixed (Transmissive LCD screen) Mirror Motor-Driven Quick-return half mirror (Transmission: reflection ratio of 40:60, no mirror cut-off with EF600mm f/4 or shorter) Information AF information: Single/Spot AF points, AF Frame, AF status, Focus indicator, AF mode, AF point selection, AF point registration Exposure information: Shutter speed, aperture value, ISO speed (always displayed), AE lock, exposure level/compensation, flash metering, spot metering circle, exposure warning, AEB, metering mode, shooting mode Flash information: Flash ready, high-speed sync, FE lock, flash exposure compensation, red-eye reduction light. Image information: Card information, maximum burst (2 digit display), Highlight tone priority (D+). Composition information: Grid, Electronic level Other information: Battery check, Warning symbol, Flicker Detection, drive mode, white balance, JPEG/RAW indicator DOF Preview Yes, with the Depth of Field preview button. Eyepiece Shutter On strap LCD Type 3.2" (8.11cm) Clear View II TFT, approx. 1040K dots Coverage Approx. 100% Viewing Angle Approx. 170° Coating Anti-reflection and Solid Structure Brightness Adj Adjustable to one of seven levels Display Options (1) Quick Control Screen (2) Camera settings (3) Dual Axis Electronic Level Flash Built-in GN N/A (ISO 100, meters) Built-in Coverage N/A Built-in Recycle Time N/A Modes E-TTL II Auto Flash, Metered Manual X-Sync 1/200sec (EX-series Speedlites only) Exposure Compensation +/- 3EV in 1/2 or 1/3 increments Exposure Bracketing Yes, with compatible External Flash Exposure Lock Yes 2nd Curtain Sync Yes Hot Shoe/PC Terminal Yes / Yes External Flash Comp E-TTL II with EX-series Speedlites, wireless multi-flash support External Flash Control Via camera menu Shooting Shooting Modes Auto+, Program AE, Shutter-priority AE, Aperture-priority AE, Manual (Stills and Movie), Custom (x3) Picture Styles Auto, Standard, Portrait, Landscape, Neutral, Faithful, Monochrome, User Defined (x3) Colour Space sRGB and Adobe RGB Image Processing Highlight Tone Priority Auto Lighting Optimizer (4 settings) Long exposure noise reduction High ISO speed noise reduction (4 settings) Auto-Correction of Lens Peripheral illumination Chromatic aberration correction Distortion correction Resize to M1, M2 or S RAW image processing - during image Playback only Multiple exposures HDR images 5 presets Drive Modes Single, Continuous L, Continuous H, Self-timer (2s+remote, 10s+remote), Silent single shooting, Silent continuous shooting Continuous Shooting Max. Approx. 5fps. (speed maintained for up to 510 number of JPEGs or 14 RAW images) with UDMA mode 7 card Shutter Lag 59ms Viewfinder Blackout 125ms Live View Type Electronic viewfinder with image sensor Coverage Approx. 100% (horizontally and vertically) FrameRate 29.97 fps Focusing Manual Focus (Magnify the image 6x or 16x at any point on screen) Autofocus: Quick mode, Live mode, Live Face detection mode Metering Real-time evaluative metering with image sensor Active metering time can be changed Display Options Grid overlay (x3), Histogram, Aspect ratios, Dual Axis Electronic Level File Information Still ImageType JPEG: Fine, Normal (Exif 2.3 [Exif Print] compliant) / Design rule for Camera File system (2.0), RAW: RAW, sRAW1, sRAW2 (14bit, Canon original RAW 2nd edition), Digital Print Order Format [DPOF] Version 1.1 compliant RAW+JPEG Simultaneous Rec Yes, any combination of RAW + JPEG possible, separate formats to separate cards possible Image Size JPEG: Full Frame - (L) 8688x5792, (M1) 7680x5120, (M2) 5760x3840, (S1) 4320x2880, (S2) 1920x1280, (S3) 720x480 1.3x Crop - (L) 6768x4512, (M1) 6016x4000, (M2) 4512x3008, (S1) 3376x2256, (S2) 1920x1280, (S3) 720x480 1.6x Crop - (L) 5424x3616, (M1) 4800x3200, (M2) 3616x2408, (S1) 2704x1808, (S2) 1920x1280, (S3) 720x480 1:1 Crop - (L) 5792x5792, (M1) 5120x5120, (M2) 3840x3840, (S1) 2880x2880, (S2) 1280x1280, (S3) 480x480 RAW: (RAW) 8688x5792, (M-RAW) 6480x4320, (S-RAW) 4320x2880 Movie Type MOV (Video: H.264 Intra frame / inter frame, Sound: Linear PCM) Movie Size 1920 x 1080 (29.97, 25, 23.976 fps) intra or inter frame 1280 x 720 (59.94, 50 fps) intra or inter frame 640 x 480 (59.94, 50 fps) inter frame Movie Length Max duration 29min 59sec, Max single file size 4GB Sound Files N/A Folders New folders can be manually created and selected File Numbering (1) Consecutive numbering (2) Auto reset (3) Manual reset Other Information Wireless Features GPS Custom Functions 13 Custom Functions with 47 settings Metadata Tag User copyright information (can be set in camera) Image rating (0-5 stars) LCD Panel / Illumination Yes / Yes Water & Dust Resistance Yes (equal to EOS-1N) Sound Memo No Orientation Sensor Yes Playback Zoom 1.5x - 16x Display Formats (1) Single image with information (2 levels) (2) Single image (3) 4 image index (4) 9 image index (5) Magnified view (6) 2 image compare display (7) Movie edit Slide Show Image selection: All images, by Date, by Folder, Movies, Stills, Rating Playback time: 1/2/3/5/10 or 20 seconds Repeat: On/Off Histogram Brightness: Yes RGB: Yes Highlight Alert Yes Image Erase Protection Erase: Single image, All images in folder, Checkmarked images, unprotected images Protection: Erase protection of one image at a time Menu Categories (1) Shooting menu (x4) (2) AF Menu (x5) (3) Playback menu (x3) (4) Setup menu (x4) (5) Custom Functions menu (x4) (6) My Menu Menu Languages 25 Languages English, German, French, Dutch, Danish, Portuguese, Finnish, Italian, Norwegian, Swedish, Spanish, Greek, Russian, Polish, Czech, Hungarian, Romanian, Ukrainian, Turkish, Arabic, Thai, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese Interface Computer Interface SuperSpeed USB (USB 3.0): for computer communication and direct printing Other Interface HDMI Type C, External microphone (Stereo mini jack) Canon Printer Support Canon Compact Photo Printers and PIXMA Printers supporting PictBridge Pict Bridge Yes Memory Memory Type CompactFlash Type I (UDMA 7 compatible), SD card, SDHC card or SDXC card (UHS-1 compatible) Software Browsing & Printing Software ImageBrowser EX Image Processing Software Digital Photo Professional Other Software PhotoStitch, EOS Utility (inc. Remote Capture, WFT utility*), Picture Style Editor * Requires optional accessory Batteries & Power Battery Rechargeable Li-ion Battery LP-E6N (supplied), 1x CR1616 for date & settings Battery Life Approx. 700 (73°F/ 23°C) 660 (32°F/ 0°C) Battery Indicator 6 levels + percentage Power Saving Power turns off after 1, 2, 4, 8, 15 or 30mins. Power Supply Battery Chargers AC Adapter Kit ACK-E6, Battery charger LC-E6, Car Battery charger CBC-E6 Physical Specs Body Materials Magnesium Alloy body covers Shutter Durability Rating 150,000 Operating Environment 0 – 40 °C, 85% or less humidity Dimensions Inches 6.0 x 4.6 x 3.0" (152 x 116.4 x 76.4mm) CIPA Weight 32.8 oz (930g) Accessories Viewfinder Eyecup Eg, Eg-series Dioptric Adjustment Lens with Rubber Frame Eg, Anti Fog Eyepiece Eg, Angle Finder C Camera Case Wireless File Transmitter Wireless File Transmitter WFT-E7 Compatible Lenses All EF lenses (excludes EF-S lenses), TS-E and MP-E lenses Compatible Flash Canon Speedlites (220EX, 270EX, 270EX II, 320EX, 420EX, 430EX, 430EX II, 550EX, 580EX, 580EX II, 600EX, 600EX-RT, Macro-Ring-Lite, MR-14EX, Macro Twin Lite MT-24EX, Speedlite Transmitter ST-E2, Speedlite Transmitter ST-E3-RT) Battery Grip BG-E11   Remote Remote control with N3 type contact, Wireless Controller LC-5, Remote Controller RC-6 Other Hand Strap E2, GP-E2

How to Find Your US Ring Size Ring Size Chart Inside Diameter Inside Circumference (in) (mm) (in) (mm) US Ring Size British Ring Size Japanese Ring Size Swiss Ring Size 0.458 11.63 1.44 36.5 0 0.466 11.84 1.46 37.2 ¼ 0.474 12.04 1.49 37.8 ½ A 0.482 12.24 1.51 38.5 ¾ A½ 0.49 12.45 1.54 39.1 1 B 1 0.498 12.65 1.56 39.7 1¼ B½ 0.506 12.85 1.59 40.4 1½ C 0.5 0.514 13.06 1.61 41 1¾ C½ 1 0.522 13.26 1.64 41.7 2 D 2 1.75 0.53 13.46 1.67 42.3 2¼ D½ 2.25 0.538 13.67 1.69 42.9 2½ E 3 3 0.546 13.87 1.72 43.6 2¾ E½ 3.5 0.554 14.07 1.74 44.2 3 F 4 4.25 0.562 14.27 1.77 44.8 3¼ F½ 5 4.75 0.57 14.48 1.79 45.5 3½ G 5.5 0.578 14.68 1.82 46.1 3¾ G½ 6 6 0.586 14.88 1.84 46.8 4 H 7 6.75 0.594 15.09 1.87 47.4 4¼ H½ 7.5 0.602 15.29 1.89 48 4½ I 8 8 0.61 15.49 1.92 48.7 4¾ J 8.75 0.618 15.7 1.94 49.3 5 J½ 9 9.25 0.626 15.9 1.97 50 5¼ K 10 0.634 16.1 1.99 50.6 5½ K½ 10 10.5 0.642 16.31 2.02 51.2 5¾ L 11.25 0.65 16.51 2.04 51.9 6 L½ 11 11.75 0.658 16.71 2.07 52.5 6¼ M 12 12.5 0.666 16.92 2.09 53.1 6½ M½ 13 13.25 0.674 17.12 2.12 53.8 6¾ N 13.75 0.682 17.32 2.14 54.4 7 N½ 14 14.5 0.69 17.53 2.17 55.1 7¼ O 15 0.698 17.73 2.19 55.7 7½ O½ 15 15.75 0.706 17.93 2.22 56.3 7¾ P 16.25 0.714 18.14 2.24 57 8 P½ 16 17 0.722 18.34 2.27 57.6 8¼ Q 17.5 0.73 18.54 2.29 58.3 8½ Q½ 17 18.25 0.738 18.75 2.32 58.9 8¾ R 19 0.746 18.95 2.34 59.5 9 R½ 18 19.5 0.754 19.15 2.37 60.2 9¼ S 20.25 0.762 19.35 2.39 60.8 9½ S½ 19 20.75 0.77 19.56 2.42 61.4 9¾ T 21.5 0.778 19.76 2.44 62.1 10 T½ 20 22 0.786 19.96 2.47 62.7 10¼ U 21 22.75 0.794 20.17 2.49 63.4 10½ U½ 22 23.25 0.802 20.37 2.52 64 10¾ V 24 0.81 20.57 2.54 64.6 11 V½ 23 24.75 0.818 20.78 2.57 65.3 11¼ W 25.25 0.826 20.98 2.59 65.9 11½ W½ 24 26 0.834 21.18 2.62 66.6 11¾ X 26.5 0.842 21.39 2.65 67.2 12 X½ 25 27.25 0.85 21.59 2.67 67.8 12¼ Y 27.75 0.858 21.79 2.7 68.5 12½ Z 26 28.5 0.866 22 2.72 69.1 12¾ Z½ 29 0.874 22.2 2.75 69.7 13 27 29.75 0.882 22.4 2.77 70.4 13¼ Z1 30.5 0.89 22.61 2.8 71 13½ 28 31 0.898 22.81 2.82 71.7 13¾ Z2 31.75 0.906 23.01 2.85 72.3 14 Z3 29 32.25 0.914 23.22 2.87 72.9 14¼ 33 0.922 23.42 2.9 73.6 14½ Z4 30 33.5 0.93 23.62 2.92 74.2 14¾ 34.25 0.938 23.83 2.95 74.8 15 31 34.75 0.946 24.03 2.97 75.5 15¼ 35.5 0.954 24.23 3 76.1 15½ 32 36.25 0.962 24.43 3.02 76.8 15¾ 36.75 0.97 24.64 3.05 77.4 16 33 37.5 If you are going into a jewelry store to buy a ring, then the store assistant will have a ring size tool, which is simply a series of metal rings into which you can slip your finger in to find out the ring size that you need. However, if you are buying rings online and you don’t know what size your fingers are, how do you work out what ring size will fit you? Here is a handy guide on how to find your US ring size at home.What time of day do you measure your ring size?Your fingers change size through the course of the day, because they can be affected by the temperature. If it’s very cold your ring size will be smaller than usual, and if it’s very hot, your ring size will be larger. In fact, your ring size can fluctuate by as much as half a size through the course of a day. The best time to measure your ring size is in the evening, because that is when the temperature will be nearer to the average.Which finger do you measure?Always measure the actual finger that the ring that you are buying is for. You can’t measure the same finger on the opposite hand, because the fingers of your dominant hand are quite likely to be around half a size bigger than the fingers of your non-dominant hand.What type of ring are you buying?The types of ring that you are buying can affect how you measure your ring size, as can the positioning of the ring on your finger. If you are buying a wide band ring, you might want to consider a ring size half a size bigger than your actual ring size to make wearing the ring more comfortable. You should also measure your ring size on the part of your finger that you are going to wear the ring.How to measure your finger at homeTo be able to work out your ring size you will need to measure the circumference or diameter of your finger. You can buy your own ring size tool if you like, but as most of us don’t buy rings all that often, that’s probably an unnecessary expense.To measure your finger, simply take a piece of paper or a length of string and wrap it around your finger, making sure that it isn’t too tight. Then mark the point on the string or paper where it meets to form a circle, and then you can measure the length of the paper or string to find the circumference of your finger.How to calculate your US ring sizeOnce you know the circumference of your finger, working out what your ring size is very straightforward. Simply locate the circumference of your finger, in either millimeters of inches, on the chart that we have provided below, and then you will able to look up your US ring size.Different countries use different ring sizes.You need to be aware that if you buy a ring from an overseas website, you will have to look up the local ring sizes, because different countries use different standards of ring sizes. The US ring sizes are only used in the US and Canada. The UK, Australia and Ireland use a system of letters to denote ring size, India, Japan and China use a different numbering system from the US, and other countries use ISO standard ring sizes. We have included the British, Japanese and Swiss ring sizes in our ring size chart below.How to find someone else’s ring size and keep it a surpriseIf you are aiming to surprise someone with a ring, finding the right ring size for them is going to be a bit trickier. You could try to borrow a ring that the person already owns and take the ring size from the diameter of that, but you will need to make sure that it is a ring that the person wears on the same finger that they will wear the ring that you are buying them. Alternatively, you could ask someone who might know, like the person’s parents or friends.If you are really can’t find out what another other person’s ring size is then it might be useful to know that the average ring size for a man is 9 to 10 and the average ring size for a woman is 6 to 6.5. If you have no other way so finding out someone’s ring size and you have to make a guess, it is better to go to the upper end of your estimate so that at least the ring will fit on the person’s finger when you surprise them with your gift, even if the ring has to be made slightly smaller later on.Ring Size Chart

Description July 5, 1949. E. J. IGILLESPIE 2,474,336 Fiied Sept. 29. 1945 4 Shees-$heet 1 INVENTOR. M, [Ma I 02111 July 5, 1949. E. J. GILLESPIE I SAXOPHONE 4 Sheets-Shee t 3 Filed Sept. 29. 1945 QWDSQNXU WQQM mv'mvron. Earl J GLZZap humluhm J 1949- E; J. GILLESPIE 2,474,836 SAXOPHONE I Filed sein. 29. 1945 4 Sheets-Shae; 4 F9 r EXTENQED 5'0ALE1| a9 '70 7 i i 63 "4 0" 66 67 Q" I 1 1p; 2 i H 0 r r- %*z% B o J@ o 13 w? JH D 0- 0 o o 0 0 O 0 O I E 0 o O. O 0 O O .Q 0 O F 0 9 Ifzvnlo o O o '6 G o oo o 0 0 o o. 0 o H o o o o '0 0 o 0 o '0 $4 KEYS a; O FINGER PEARLS J6 SPECIAL VENT 57". BLACK DOT DENOTES PEARL CLOSED J6 0 WHITE DOT DENOTES PEARL OPEN I BLACK NUMBERED OBLONG DENOTES KEY omsss-sn 60 0 BLACK DOT WHITE CENTER DENOTES VENT IN USE wH|TE DOT WHITE CENTER omen-:5 VENT OPEN INVENTOR. Patented July 5, 1949 UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE SAXOPHONE Earl J. Gillespie, Elkhart, Ind. Application September 29, 1945, Serial No. 619,378 8 Claims. 1 This invention relates, in general, to musical instruments, and has particular relation to improvements in saxophones. As well understood in the art, a saxophone is a musical instrument comprising a tubular body of generally conical and more or less convoluted form sounded by a mouthpiece provided with a reed and having about twenty holes controlled by keys and pads. In the past, the field of use of such instruments was limited, but there have been improvements, and today saxophones are in use in symphonic, military, concert, and dance bands. The now generally known and accepted natural and usable range of the saxophone is still, however, more or less limited or restricted, extending at the upper limit to three line f. One of the main objects of the present invention is to provide an improved saxophone which will provide new and advantageous results and eliminate limitations or restrictions previously presented. Another object of the invention is to extend the now generally known and accepted natural and usable upper limits of a saxophone above the upper limits of the range heretofore provided and, more particularly, above three line f. The embodiment of the invention shown in the drawings extends the now generally known and accepted natural and usable upper limits of the saxophone nine consecutive chromatic semitones. Another object of the invention is to provide means for securing the new and advantageous results which will be within master of the ordinary performer. Another object of the invention is to form the tubular body of the saxophone with a taper and, more specifically, with difierent tapers along different portions thereof, as will hereinafter appear, with the angularity of the different tapers such and the tapers so correlated that the upper usable limits of the saxophone are extended above three line 1, and, more particularly, nine consecutive chromatic semi-tones. Another object of the invention is to provide means for securing the neW and advantageous results Without changing the existing accepted valves and fingering of the instrument for use in the regular register playing of the instrument. Another object of the invention is to provide the tapered form of the tubular body in combination with an added air vent in the upper /3 of the tubular body and keys and pads for use in the regular register fingering of the instrument whereby the new and advantageous. results set forth are secured. Further objects and advantages of the invention will appear from the followin detailed description, taken in connection with the accompanying drawings which illustrate the manner of constructing and operating one form of saxophone embodying the present invention. In the drawings: Figure 1 is a perspective view of a saxophone embodying the present invention, taken from one side thereof; Figure 2 is a perspective View of the saxophone shown in Figure 1, taken from the opposite side; Figures 3, 4, 5, 6, and '7 show more or less diagrammatically the tapered portions which make up the tubular body of the saxophone; Figure 8 is a fingering chart showing the extended scale secured with the saxophone shown in Figures 1 to '7, inclusive; Figure 9 is a more or less diagrammatic elevational view showing one suitable location for the added or special air vent; Figure 10 is a sectional view taken substantially on the line li.!i 0 of Figure 9; Figure 11 is a sectional view taken substantially on the line l ll l of Figure 9; and Figure 12 is a detail sectional View of the added air vent member. Referring now to the drawings, the invention is shown, for purposes of illustration, embodied in a saxophone which comprises a tubular body composed of the longitudinal tubular portion l, the tubular neck 2, which is usually detachably fastened at 3 to the tubular portion 1, a bend and a bell or flare 5 at the opposite end of the tubular portion l. The tubular portion I, bend 4, and the bell or flare 5 are firmly united, for example, by soldering or the like. The outer end of the neck 2 has a mouthpiece 6 which is provided with a suitable reed (not shown). The instrument is provided with keys or finger pieces and valves or pads for use in the regular register fingering of the instrument. These are well understood in the art and will not be described in detail. Sufiice it, for purposes of the present specification and to understand the fingering chart to be described in connection with Figure 8, to say that the instrument has keys Ill, ll, l2, l3, l4, l5, i6, i1, it, iii, 20, 2!, 22, and 2t, finger pieces A, C, D, E, F, G, and H, and a special or added air vent at the finger piece B. The special or added air vent may be otherwise disposed in any part of the upper one-third of the tube of the instrument within the scope of the present invention, for example, at the thumb piece 85. The key 18 controls valve or pad 2 key 19 controls valve or pad 26, key 20 controls valve or pad 21, key ID controls valve or pad 28, key I l controls valve or pad 29, key I2 controls valve or pad 30, key l3 controls th octave valve or pad 3|, also the lower octave valve or pad on the arm 86, key M controls valve or pad 32, key l controls valve or pad 33, key I6 controls valve or pad 34, key ll controls valve or pad 35, key 2! controls valve or pad 36, key 22 controls valve or pad 31, and key 23 controls valve or pad 38. In the saxophone illustrated in the drawing, the valves or pads 35, 34, 31, and 3B are the B- flat valve, B-natural valve, E-flat valve, and C valve, respectively. The key I4 is the key for the G-sharp valve or pad. The bell 5 is provided with a bell brace 40. The B-flat valve hinge is shown at 46, and the B-natural valve hinge is shown at 4| in Figure 1. An adjustable thumb rest is provided at 80. The G-sharp valve control mechanism is similar to the G-sharpvalve control mechanism more fully shown and described in my copending application Serial No. 579,325, filed February 23, 1945. The octave valve control mechanism is similar to the octave valve control mechanism more fully shown and described in my copending application Serial No. 579,324, filed February 23, 1945, now U. S. Patent 2,425,796. The B-flat valve 35 and B-natural valve 34 are preferably provided with a demountable valve uard 43 which is similar to the demountable valve guard more fully shown and described in my copending application Serial No. 579,323, filed February 23, 1945, now U. S. Patent 2,425,795. The tubular body of the instrument has a tapering formation and, more particularly, different tapers along different portions thereof, with the angularity and lengths of the different tapers such, and the different tapered portions 50 correlated, that the upper usable limits of the saxophone are extended above the upper limits of the range heretofore provided and, more particularly, above three line f. In the illustrated embodiment of the invention the tubular body starts at a given diameter at the upper end 45 (Figure 6) and continues lengthwise with an inside taper of approximately 2-2'-2" to a point 46 approximately 15.89% of its entire length, from this point 46 (Figure '7) on cylindrically for 2.78% of its entire length to a point 41, from point 41 (Figure 3) with a taper of approximately 1-38 for approximately 44.03% of its entire length to point 48, from point 46 (Figure 5) on with a taper of approximately 1-14'-25" for approximately 18.04% of its entire length to point 49, and from point 49 (Figure 4) on with a taper of approximately 2-49'-10" for approximately 19.26% of its entire length to point 50. The bore of the tubular body fashioned in the manner above described progressively accumulates the cubical content and velocity of the air column within the tube so as to split the natural vibrations and amplify the sympathetic vibrations to produce nine consecutive chromatic semi-tones beyond the existing accepted upper limits of the saxophone, i. e., nine consecutive chromatic semi-tones above three line 1, particularly in combination with the use of a vent placed in the tube in such manner as to release the sympathetic vibrations to produce a natural chromatic altissimo register not heretofore existing but easily playable with the present invention, extending to din the four line octave. As shown in Figures 9, 10, 11, and 12, the valve or pad 52 under the control of the special vent pearl B (Figure 2) has a special or added vent 53. This vent 53 is preferably located in the 11pper third of the tubular body of the instrument and, as already pointed out, releases the sympathetic vibrations to produce a natural chromatic altissimo register not heretofore existing but easily playable with this invention, extending to d in the four line octave. Any saxophone completely embodying the principles of this invention will have a natural range of 41 consecutive chromatic semi-tones extending from B in the great octave to d in the four line octave inclusive. As indicated by the legends and lettering on the fingering chart (Figure 8), the keys are indicated by small, generally oblong or rectangular figures 54, the finger pearls are indicated by white dots or circles 55, and the special or added vent is indicated by a white circle or white dot 56 with a white center or white circle therein. A black dot 5'! denotes pearl closed, a white dot or circle 58 denotes pearl open, a black oblong 59 denotes a key depressed, a black dot with White center, as shown at 60, denotes vent in use, and a white circle or dot with white center or circle therein, as shown at 6|, denotes vent open. In the fingering chart (Figure 8) the extended scale provided by the saxophone embodying the present invention is bracketed or indicated by dotted lines 62 marked Extended scale. The first extended chromatic semi-tone is indicated at 53, the second extended chromatic semi-tone is indicated at 64, the third extended chromatic semi-tone is indicated at 65, the fourth extended chromatic semi-tone is indicated at 66, the fifth extended chromatic semi-tone is indicated at 61, the sixth extended chromatic semi-tone is indicated at 68, the seventh extended chromatic semi-tone is indicated at 69, the eighth extended chromatic semi-tone is indicated at 70, and the ninth extended chromatic semi-tone is indicated at H The first added chromatic semi-tone is obtained with pearl A closed, key [3 depressed, the special or added vent, 56, 53 in use, pearl D closed, and key 20 depressed. The second added chromatic semi-tone is obtained with pearl A closed, key I3 depressed, the special or added vent 56, 53 in use, pearl F closed, and key 20 depressed. The third added chromatic semi-tone is obtained with pearl A closed, key [3 depressed, the special or added vent 56, 53 in use, and key 20 depressed. The fourth added chromatic semi-tone is obtained with key l3 depressed, the special or added vent 56, 53 open, pearls D, E, G, and H closed, and key 22 depressed. The fifth added chromatic semi-tone is obtained with the special or added vent open, keys l3 and l l depressed, pearls D, E, G, and H closed, and key 22 depressed. The sixth added chromatic semi-tone is obtained with keys l0, l3, H, 20, and 22 depressed, the special or added vent open, and pearls D, E, G, and H closed. The seventh added chromatic semi-tone is obtained with keys Ill, l3, II, 20, and 22 depressed, the special or added vent in use, and pearls D, E, G, and H closed. The eighth added chromatic semi-tone is obtained with keys I0, I 3, H, I8, and 22 depressed, the special or added vent in use, and pearls D, E, G, and H closed. The ninth added chromatic semi-tone is obtained with keys l0, ll, l2, l8, l8, and 22 depressed, the special or added vent in use, and pearls D, E, G, and H closed. The embodiment of the invention shown in the drawings is for illustrative purposes only, and it is to be expressly understood that said drawings and the accompanying specification are not to be construed as a definition of the limits or scope of the invention, reference being had to the appended claims for that purpose. I claim: 1. A saxophone comprising a tubular body having an upper octave hole and an added vent positioned inwardly of the upper octave hole and provided with keys and pads for use in the regular register fingering of the instrument, said tubular body having a plurality of sections each having a different individual taper whereby the upper usable limits of the saxophone are extended above three line f by the use of the keys and. pads used in the regular register fingering of the instru ment. 2. A saxophone comprising a tubular body having an upper octave hole and an added vent positioned inwardly of said upper octave hole and provided with keys and pads for use in the regular register fingering of the instrument, said tubular body having a plurality of different individually tapered sections along different portions thereof, the angularity of said different tapers being such and the tapers so correlated that the upper usable limits of the saxophone are extended above three line 1 by the use of the keys and pads used in the regular register fingering of the instrument. 3. A saxophone comprising a tubular body having an upper octave hole and an added vent in the upper of the tubular body and inwardly of the upper octave hole and provided with keys and pads for use in the regular register fingering of the instrument, said tubular body having a plurality of sections each having a different individual taper whereby the upper usable limits of the saxophone are extended nine consecutive chromatic semi-tones by the use of the keys and pads used in the regular register fingering of the instrument. 4. A saxophone comprising a tubular body having an upper octave hole and an added vent in the upper /3 of the tubular body and inwardly of the upper octave hole and provided with keys and pads for use in the regular register fingering of the instrument, said tubular body having a plurality of different individually tapered sections along different portions thereof, the angularity of said different tapers being such and the tapers so correlated that the upper usable limits of the saxophone are extended nine consecutive chromatic semi-tones by the use of the keys and pads used in the regular register fingering of the instrument. 5. A saxophone comprising a tubular body having an upper octave hole and an added vent positioned inwardly of said upper octave hole, said tubular body having its bore fashioned of individually tapered sections with the taper of one section different from the taper of a succeeding or preceding section to accumulate the cubical content and velocity of the air column within the tubular body whereby to split the natural vibrations and amplify the sympathetic vibrations to extend the upper usable limits of the saxophone above three line 6. A saxophone comprising a tubular body starting at a given diameter at the upper end and continuing lengthwise with an inside taper of approximately 2-2'-1" to a point approximately 15.89% of its entire length, from this point on cylindrically for 2.78% of its entire length, from this point on with a taper of 1-38' for approximately 44.03% of its entire length, from this point on with a taper of approximately 1-14'-25" for approximately 18.04% of its entire length, and from this point on with a taper of approximately 2-49'-10" for approximately 19.26% of its entire length. 7. A saxophone comprising a tubular body and provided with keys and pads for use in the regular fingering of the instrument, said tubular body starting at a given diameter at the upper end continuing lengthwise with an inside taper of approximately 2-2'-1" to a point approximately 15.89% of its entire length, from this point on cylindrically for 2.78% of its entire length, from this point on with a taper of 1-38 for approximately 44.03% of its entire length, from this point on with a taper of approximately 1-14'-25" for approximately 18.04% of its entire length, and from this point on with a taper of approximately 2-49'10 for approximately 19.26% of its entire length. 8. A saxophone comprising a tubular body provided with an air vent in the upper A; of the tubular body and having keys and pads for use in the regular fingering of the instrument, said tubular body starting at a given diameter at the upper end and continuing lengthwise with an inside taper of approximately 22-1" to a point approximately 15.89% of its entire length, from this point on cylindrically for 2.78% of its entire length, from this point on with a taper of 1-38' for approximately 44.03% of its entire length, from this point on with a taper of approximately 1-14'-25" for approximately 18.04% of its entire length, and from this point on with a taper of approximately 2-49'-10" for approximately 19.25% of its entire length. EARL J. GILLESPIE. REFERENCES CITED The following referenlces are of record in the file of this patent: UNITED STATES PATENTS Number Name Date 1,480,039 Alpers Jan. 8, 1924 1,703,109 Johnson Feb. 26, 1929 2,051,176 Powell Aug. 18, 1936 2,133,625 Loomis Oct. 18, 1938

Description July 7, 1964 R. B. FULLER 3,139,957 SUSPENSION BUILDING Filed Jan. 24, 1961 8 Sheets-Sheet l t 'z n ;:t IN VEN TOR. RICHARD BUCKMINSTER FULLER AT KY5. y 7, 1954 R. a. FULLER 3,139,957 SUSPENSION BUILDING Filed Jan. 24, 1961 8 Sheets-Sheet 2 IN V EN TOR. RICHARD BUCKMINSTER FULLER ATT NEYS. July 7, 1964 FULLER 3,139,957 SUSPENSION BUILDING Filed Jan. 24. 1961 8 Sheets-Sheet 3 IN V EN TOR. RICHARD BUCKMINSTER FULLER y 7, 1954 R. B. FULLER 3,139,957 SUSPENSION BUILDING Filed Jan. 24, 1961 8 sheets-Sheet 5 E uvvqvfie'. m5 RICHARD BUCKMINSTER FULLER July 7, 1 4 R. B. FULLER susvmsrou BUILDING 8 Sheets-Sheet 6 Filed Jan. 24, 1961 INVENTOR. RICHARD BUCKMINSTER FILLER AT 0mm. July 7, 1964 R. B. FULLER 3,139,957 SUSPENSION BUILDING Hulk nai N VEN TOR. ATTORNEYS. RIWARD BUCKMINSTER FULL R United States Patent 3,139,957 SUSPENSION BUILDING Richard Buckminster Fuller, 407 S. Forest St., Carbondale, Ill. Filed Ian. 24, 1961, Ser. No. 88,245 11 Claims. (Cl. 189-1) My invention relates to building construction. Summary I have discovered how to make building structures and components possessing in substantial measure the advantages of catenary suspension heretofore confined principally to the suspension bridge. The catenary cables of the suspension bridge sag downwardly to the mid-point of the bridge, and would seem to possess no utility in any structure which arches upwardly. So it has been a surprise to me to find that there is a way by which a catenary suspension system can be converted into an arched structure of domical or polygonal form. By breaking up the suspension cables into increments suspending an ascending series of polygonal or circular frames stepped upwardly one within another, altitude is gained, replacing the catenary sag of the bridge cables with a rising, arched, suspension system. My new structure comprises a series of box frames of polygonal, cylindrical or other form, these frames being of progressively varying sizes arranged in a concentric array at sequentially different heights above a common plane of reference and in vertically overlapping spaced relation to one another. Tension elements such as flexible cables or wires extend between and are secured to adjacent pairs of the box frames in the series. These tension elements include tension members extending downwardly from their points of securement to one frame of a pair to their respective points of securement to the other frame of the pair. In this manner, successive frames of the series are suspended one from another in either a rising, descending or level series as may be desired. Other tension members extend upwardly from their points of securement to one frame of a pair of their respective points of securement to the other frame of a pair whereby successive frames in the series are anchored down one to another. The suspension members and anchor members complement one another in performing a third function, the provision of a tensioned buttress against tilting of the compression members comprised in the frames. Thus are satisfied the three functions of 1) suspension, (2) anchoring and (3) buttressing, all by the simplest arrangement of tension wires in combination with the series of frames as disclosed. Additionally, these tension wires act to stabilize the frames themselves, and furnish a tension system efficiently disposed for resisting torquing and counter-torquing of the frames about the central axis of the structure. These can be catalogued as functions (4) and (5). Still other tension members may be provided that will be disposed in radial planes containing the central axis of the structure. In the case of a structure utilizing a series of frames of polygonal form, the several tension members are secured to the vertexes of the polygons. Those tension members lying in radial planes will apply tension forces to the upper peripheries of the frames and thereby reduce compressive forces imposed on such peripheries by others of the tension mem bers. Description With reference to the drawings I shall now describe the best mode contemplated by me for carrying out my invention. FIG. 1 is an elevational view partly in vertical section illustrating the application of my invention to a roofed stadium or concert hall. 3,139,957 Patented July 7, 1964 ice FIG. 2 is a plan view of the FIG. 1 structure with the right-hand portion of the roof covering removed to reveal the suspension frame construction, taken as indicated at 2-2 in FIG. 1. FIG. 3 is an elevational view illustrating another embodiment of the invention, the right-hand portion being shown in diagrammatic vertical section. FIG. 4 is a similar view of another embodiment. FIG. 5 is a plan view of the suspension frame system of the FIG. 4 structure, taken as indicated at 5-5 in FIG. 4. FIG. 6 is a diagrammatic vertical section of a still further embodiment of the invention. FIG. 7 is a plan view of the FIG. 6 structure, roof covering omitted, taken as indicated at 7--7 in FIG. 6. FIGS. 8 to 17 inclusive are diagrammatic representations illustrative of the general scope of applicability of my suspension building system to various building forms with the use of different kinds of box structures and with several alternative dispositions of the suspension and anchoring cables, FIG. 8 being a vertical sectional view illustrative of flanged cylindrical box sections, FIG. 8a a plan view illustrative of an asymmetrical form of my construction, FIG. 9 a vertical sectional view illustrative of flanged box sections of frusto-conical form, FIG. 10 illustrative of the use of similar box sections of inverted frusto-conical form, FIG. 11 a plan view illustrative of a special elongated form of box section, FIG. 12 an isometric perspective view of another form of framing and one alternative arrangement of the suspension and anchoring cables, FIG. 13 a diagram analyzing the vertical components of the reach of the cables of FIG. 12, FIG. 14 a partial view similar to FIG. 12 with an alternative disposition of the cables, FIG. 15 a diagram analyzing the vertical components of the reach of the cables of FIG. 14, FIG. 16 a view similar to FIG. 14 showing a still further disposition of the cables, and FIG. 17 a diagram analyzing the vertical components of the reach of the cables of FIG. 16. FIG. 18 is a perspective view illustrating the application of my invention to a spherical or hemispherical structure based on the spherical octahedron. FIG. 19 is a detail cross-sectional view taken on the line 1919 of FIG. 18. In FIGS. 1 and 2 we see a structure embodying my invention in one of its preferred forms as applied, for example, to a roofed sports arena or stadium. The structure comprises a series of polygonal box frames 1 to 10 inclusive, 2, 3 and 4. In this particular construction each frame is comprised of upper chord members 11 and lower chord members 12 forming the upper and lower peripheries of the respective frames, and vertical compression columns or struts 13 extending between the vertexes of the polygon formed by the upper chord members 11 and the corresponding vertexes of the polygon formed by the lower chord members 12. Considering an individual frame as a whole, such frame is an annular form faceted into rectangles around its rim or periphery by the members 11, 12 and 13. The series of box frames 1 to 10 inclusive, 2, 3 and 4, are of progressively varying sizes and they are arranged in a concentric array at sequentially different heights above a common plane of reference (for instance, the horizontal plane of the foundation) and in vertically overlapping spaced relation one to another. Tension elements extend between and are secured to adjacent pairs of the box frames in the series, these tension elements including tension members 3 14, 14' which extend downwardly from their points of securement to the lower frame of a pair to their respective points of securement to the upper frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are suspended one from another [function (1) of the Summary given at the beginning of this specification]. The tension elements also include other tension members 15, 15' extending upwardly from their points of securement to the lower frame of a pair to their respective points of securement to the upper frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are anchored down one to another [function (2) of the Summary]. Tension members 14 and 15 may be arranged in crisscrossing pairs as shown in FIG. 2. In this particular embodiment the same tension members are crisscrossed whenviewed in plan, FIG. 2, as well as when viewed in elevation. The downwardly extending tension members may include members disposed in radial planes containing the central axis 16 of the structure, and the upwardly extending tension members 15 also may include members disposed in such radial planes. In FIG. 1 the particular tension members 14' and 15' which come into view are those which lie in one of such radial planes. In the preferred construction shown, the several tension members 14, 15, 14', 15 are secured to the respective polygonal box frames at the vertexes thereof. Also in this particular construction the domical structure formed by the series of suspended box frames is flattened on top by the provision of a series of box frames 10, 17 and 18 of progressively varying sizes arranged in a concentric array above the common horizontal plane of reference and in horizontally spaced relation one to another. As in the rest of the structure, we have the tension members 14, 14' functioning as suspension members, and 15, 15 functioning as anchoring members. All such tension members 14, 14', 15, 15' complement one another in performing a third function, the provision of a tensioned buttress against tilting of the compression members 13 comprised in the frames [function (3) of the preceding Summary]. Additionally, these tension members act to stabilize the frames themselves and furnish a tension system efiiciently disposed for resisting torquing and counter-torquing of the frames about the central axis 16 of the structure [functions (4) and (5) of the Summary]. Further, the tension members 14', 15' which extend outwardly from the upper and lower peripheries of the frames will apply tension forces which will reduce compressive forces imposed on such peripheries by others of the tension members. Annular frames 1 to 10 inclusive are illustrative of a rising series of frames, annular frames 1, 2, 3 and 4 illustrative of a descending series of frames, and annular frames 10, 17 and 18 illustrative of a level series. The level series may terminate in a single central strut or annulus 19. Beginning at the base of the structure we have the annular frame 4 from which is suspended at a higher elevation the frame 3 from which in turn is suspended the frame 2 and then in succession we have suspended each from the other in the order named the frames 1, 2, 3 and so on, altitude being gained meanwhile in the progressively stepped suspension system. Similarly, frame 17 is suspended from frame 10, frame 18 from 17, and center post 19 from frame 18. As in the suspension bridge the tension aspect of the structure is highly significant through utilization of the more favorable tensile strengths of materials as contrasted with their vastly inferior compressive strengths. It would be difficult to imagine an upside down suspension bridge and yet that is in effect what I have achieved when my structure is considered in any given vertical profile. Altitude is gained by breaking up the suspension systeminto steps and stability of the stepping is attained by the three dimensional aspect of the structure as contrasted with the essentially two dimensional system of the suspension bridge. The end result is a tremendous saving through the realization of a larger building per unit weight of the material employed in its construction, this in turn being the benefit conferred by my discovery of how to get more use from the most favorable property of materials, namely tensile strength. Essentially I have devised a building construction which in large measure replaces heavy columns and beams with a light spidery array of tension wires or cables. The structure can be roofed in many ways. In the embodiment of FIGS. 1 and 2, roofing sheets 20 of trapezoidal form are shown. The method by which these are attached and the detail of their construction are not an essential part of my present invention. In FIG. 3 I have shown a modified frame construction in which the compression members 21, 22, etc. are comprised of elliptical struts designed for increased efficiency in the use of materials in compression. Pagoda roofing is here employed to advantage as an eificient watershed with provision for good ventilation by means of windows or louvres 54 set well under the overhangs in the roof. In FIGS. 4 and 5 the polygonal frames comprise a series of diamond shaped frames 24 to 27 inclusive. Suspension wires 28, 28' suspend each successively higher frame from the lower-numbered frame of the series. Anchoring wires 29, 29 disposed in radial planes containing the central axis of the structure are provided as before. Both the wires 28, 28' and the wires 29, 29' are secured to the upper edge of the lower frame of each pair of frames, in this respect representing a variation from the crisscrossing arrangment of FIGS. 1 and 2. The roof structure here simplifies into a generally pyramidal form. It is essential to understand that the box or annular frames of my invention may be either skeletal as when made of strust or tubes as I have described, or continuous as when made in the form of sheets, plates or panels. In FIG. 8 we see an example of the latter construction in which the frames or annuli are comprised of simple cylinders 30, 31 and 32. These may have marginal flanges 33 as shown. In the embodiment typified here the suspension wires 34 extend downwardly from the upper edge of the lower frame of a pair to the lower edge of the upper frame of the pair, and the anchor cables 35 extend from the lower edge of the lower frame of a pair to the lower edge of the upper frame of the pair (instead of to the upper edge of the pair as in the embodiment of FIGS. 1 and 2). The system of wires 35 may be projected as at 36 if desired, providing a continuous line of tension from the top to the base of the structure. FIG. 8a shows the application of my invention to an asymmetrical structure comprising the frames 37, 38, 39, 53, which may be of any desired peripheral contour. FIG. 9 represents another kind of continuous annular frame 40, 41, 42, being one of frusto-conical form. In FIG. 10 the frusto- conical frames 43, 44, 45 are inverted from the position of those in FIG. 9. If the sheet containing FIGS. 8, 9 and 10 is inverted, we see three additional variants in which either cylindrical or frusto-conical frames are arranged in what I have previously referred to herein as a descending series. This would equate to the series 2, 3, 4 in FIG. 1. FIG. 11 shows the application of my invention to an elongated structure of involute-evolute form comprising end sections 46, 47, of generally hexagonal pyramidal form and a connecting section of involute-evolute form, affording added strength to such an elongated structure. The disposition of the suspending-anchoring-buttressing cables may be generally similar to that in the structures already described. The construction of the frames themselves as seen in elevation will be generally similar to that described with reference to FIG. 1. FIGS. 6 and 7 shows the application of my invention to a structure of hexagonal form comprising the series of hexagonal frames 49, 50, 51, 52, each higher-numbered frame being suspended from the lower-numbered frame of the series. Here the extent of vertical overlapping between successive frames varies whereas the horizontal spacing remains contsant. This is incontradistinction to the arrangement of FIG. 1 in which the horizontal spacing between successive frames varies. The feasibility of varying both vertical overlap and horizontal spacing lends great flexibility to the design of the structure. FIG. 12 shows the application of my invention to a rectangular form of structure comprising the series of rectangular frames 55, 56, 57. As before, these frames can be considered to be made up of struts in an open or skeletal framework or to be continuous as when made in the form of sheets or panels. The frames themselves may if desired be triangulated through the use of diagonal wires extending between the diagonally opposite corners of each side or facet of the frame. FIG. 13 may be considered as a diagrammatic section taken either on the central diagonal plane or a central plane bisecting the sides of the frames, s being the suspension members and a the anchoring members. Regarding FIG. 13 as the diagonal section, s and a are both disposed in a vertical plane containing the axis of the structure. Regarding FIG. 13 as the section bisecting the sides of the frames, s and a are crisscrossed both horizontally and vertically as will be understood from FIG. 12. In either case FIG. 13 gives a picture of the vertical components of the reach of the cables. FIGS. 12-13, FIGS. 14-15 and FIGS. 16-17 are comparative views illustrative of the general scope of applicability of my suspension building system to structures utilizing several alternative dispositions of the suspension and anchoring cables. FIGS. 14 and 16 represent portions of the same frame arrangement shown in FIG. 12 but the arrangement of the tension members is different. The difference in this arrangement may best be discerned in FIG. 15 as compared with FIG. 13. In FIG. 15 suspension cables .9 extend in the same manner as the cables s of FIG. 13 but the anchoring cables a extend between the upper corners of the successive frames in the series. FIGS. 16 and 17 shows another alternative arrangement of the tension members in which the anchoring cables a" extend between the lower comers of the successive frames in the series. Thus in the construction of FIGS. 12-13 we have vertically crisscross cables whereas in FIGS. 14-15 and FIGS. 16-17, these cables do not cross one another although the tensioning pattern in all cases is triangulated, resulting in an omni-triangulated building construction. The differing patterns of triangulation may be combined in various ways, using one system at one side or facet of the structure and an alternate system in the adjacent side as may be desired. Another alternative arrangement would be to use only suspension elements s, s or s" at one side of the series of frames and only anchoring elements a, a or a" in the side adjacent and continuing this alternating suspension and anchoring in succeeding sides. FIGS. 18 and 19 show the application of my invention to a spherical structure or to a segment of a spherical structure based on the spherical octahedron. Here we have a hemispherical dome comprising four spherical triangles of the octahedron defined by the intersections of three great circles 58, 59, 60. Relating these to the globe we have the great circle 58 at the equator, 59 at 0 and 180 longitude, and 60 at 90 and 270 of longitude. Two of the spherical triangles of the octahedron appear at 61 and 62. Each is subdivided by means of any selected number of spherical triangles of progressively smaller sizes arranged in a concentric array. These several concentric triangles form the inner or outer edges of frames of either skeletal or continuous form. Considering the frame array for spherical face 61 of the octahedron, we have the frames 63, 64, 65, 66. Considering the several frames of the series to be of the same radial depth (67=68=69=70), and reorienting the structure so that a line containing the center of spherical face 61 and the center of the sphere is vertical, we have, as in other forms of my invention, a series of box frames of progressively varying sizes arranged in a concentric array at sequentially different heights above a common plane of reference and in vertically overlapping spaced relation one to another. Also, as before, tension elements 71, 72, FIG. 19, extend between and are secured to adjacent pairs of the frames in the series. Tension elements 71 extend downwardly, i.e. inwardly of the sphere, from their points of securement to one frame of a pair to their respective points of securement to the other frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are suspended one from another. Tension members 72 extend upwardly from their points of securement to the lower frame of a pair to their respective points of securement to the upper frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are anchored down, i.e. inwardly of the sphere, one to another. It will be understood that the several tension elements serve all of the five functions described hereinabove, namely those of suspension, anchoring, buttressing, stabilizing of the frames themselves and resisting torquing and countertorquing of the frames about a line passing through the centers of the sphere and of the octahedral face. It may be mentioned that in FIG. 18 I have for simplicity of illustration omitted tension elements 71 and 72, the general arrangement of which will be understood from the description of the other forms of my invention. Also, it will be understood that any of the described alternate arrangements of the tension elements may be employed as desired. The terms and expressions which I have employed are used in a descriptive and not a limiting sense, and I have no intention of excluding such equivalents of the invention described as fall within the scope of the claims. I claim: 1. A structure comprising a series of box frames of progressively varying sizes arranged in a concentric array at predetermined sequentially different heights above a common plane of reference and in vertically overlapping spaced relation one to another, and tension elements extending between and fixedly secured to adjacent pairs of the box frames in said series, said tension elements including tension members extending downwardly from their points of fixed securement to the lower frame of a pair of their respective points of fixed securement to the upper frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are permanently suspended one from another in predetermined fixed positions. 2. A structure according to claim 1 in which said tension elements also include other tension members extending upwardly from their points of securement to the lower frame of a pair to their respective points of securement to the upper frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are anchored down one to another. 3. A structure comprising a series of cylindrical frames of progressively varying sizes arranged in a concentric array at predetermined sequentially different heights above a common plane of reference and in vertically overlapping spaced relation one to another, and tension elements extending between and fixedly secured to adjacent pairs of the cylindrical frames in said series, said tension elements including tension members extending downwardly from their points of fixed securement to the lower frame of a pair to their respective points of fixed securement to the upper frame of the pair whereby succesive frames in the series are permanently suspended one from another in predetermined fixed positions. 4. A structure comprising a series of polygonal box frames of progressively varying sizes arranged in a concentric array at predetermined sequentially different heights above a common plane of reference and in vertically overlapping spaced relation one to another, and tension elements extending between and fixedly secured to adjacent pairs of the polygonal box frames in said series, said tension elements including tension members extending downwardly from their points of fixed securement to the lower frame of a pair to their respective points of fixed securement to the upper frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are permanently suspended one from another in predetermined fixed positions. 5. A structure according to claim 4 in which said tension elements also include other tension members extending upwardly from their points of securement to the lower frame of a pair to their respective points of securement to the upper frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are anchored down one to another. 6. A structure according to claim 4 in which said downwardly extending tension members include members disposed in radial planes containing the central axis of the structure. 7. A structure according to claim 6 in which said downwardly extending tension members are secured to tle respective polygonal box frames at the vertices there- 8. A structure comprising a series of frusto-conical frames of progressively varying sizes arranged in a concentric array at predetermined sequentially different heights above a common plane of reference and in vertically overlapping spaced relation one to another, and tension elements extending between and fixedly secured to adjacent pairs of the frusto-conical frames in said series, said tension elements including tension members extending downwardly from their points of fixed securement to the lower frame of a pair to their respective points of fixed securement to the upper frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are permanently suspended one from another in predetermined fixed positions. 9. A structure comprising a series of box frames of progressively varying sizes arranged in a concentric array above a common horizontal plane of reference and in horizontally spaced relation one to another, and tension elements extending between and fixedly secured to adjacent pairs of the box frames in said series, said tension elements including tension members extending downwardly from their points of fixed securement to one frame of a pair to their respective points of fixed securement to the other frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are permanently suspended one from another in predetermined fixed positions. 10. A structure according to claim 9 in which said tension elements also include other tension members extending upwardly from their points of securement to one frame of a pair to their respective points of securement to the other frame of the pair whereby successive frames in the series are anchored down one to another. 11. A structure according to claim 10 in which said downwardly extending tension members include members disposed in radial planes containing the central axis of the structure. References Cited in the file of this patent UNITED STATES PATENTS 2,576,389 Craighead etal Nov. 27, 1951 2,621,765 Wood Dec. 16, 1952 2,689,025 Yates Sept. 14, 1954 UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION Patent No. 3, 139.957 July 7, 1964 Richard Buckminster Fuller It is hereby certified that error appears in the above numbered patent requiring correction and that the said Letters Patentshould read as corrected below. I Column 1, line 41, for "of", second occurrence. read e Signed and sealed this 10th day of November 1964. (SEAL) Attest: ERNEST W. SWIDER Allcsting Officer EDWARD J. BRENNER Commissioner of Patents

Description Nov. 25, 1930. w. FERGUSON 1,783,077 smm'r METAL BUMPING OUT TOOL Filed may 4, 1928 5 Sheets-Sheet 1 9 E21 j 26 "w Fig.0. W///////////////l////A INVENTOR. Nov. 25, 1930. w. FERGUSON 1,783,077 SHEET METAL BUMPING OUT TOOL Filed May 4. 1928 5 Sheets-Sheet 2 v 2.9 I v INVENTOR. ' Willicunfl gllaorg B W A TTORNE Y. ' Nov. 25, 1930. w, FER USON 1,783,077 SHEET METAL BUMRING OUT T 00L Filed May 4, 1928 5 Sheets-Sheet 3 Lip I N V EN TOR. fi illz'amiel gason A TTORNE Y. Nbv. 25, 1930. w. FERGUSON 1,783,077 I SHEET METAL BUMPING OUT TOOL Filed May 4, 1928 SSheets-Sheet 4 FQ'JJ. F1 47; Fig-18. INVENTOR. mlll'afibflzgllsozw W ATTORNEY. Nov. 25, 1930. w, FERGUSON 1,783,077 SHEET METAL BUMPING OUT TOOL Filed May 4, 1928 5 Sheets-Sheet 5 INVENTOR. Wi liam 'l gasow, BY v. v i I ATTORNEY. Patented Nov. 25, 1930 WILLIAM FERGUSDN, or rrm'r, m'rcnmm BHEET-IIETAL-BUIPING-OUT TOOL Application filed Kay 4, This invention relates to tools to be used for metal bumping work, more articularly for use in bumping out indentatlons in automobile bodies due to collisions and accidents, and 8 the invention has for its object to provide a tool of such class in a manner as hereinafter set forth for reaching a certain part of an automobile body without the necessity of tearing down the inner frame or supporting struc- 10 ture to get at the indentation in the metal for the purpose of bumping it out. i In removing indentations from the sheet metal body and fenders of an automobile it is now the usual practice to hold a metal 15 block or dolly against the inner face of the indented structure while blows are delivered to the outer surface. It frequently happens however that access to the inner surface of the indented agortion of the automobile is obstructed by jacent braces, beams or backing frame so that the dolly or bumping-out blockcan not be held a st the surface to be bumped out until the structing structure has been removed. The present invention is therefore directed to a group of difl'erently shaped bumping-out tools designed for use in umping out or strai htemng different portions of the sheet metal structure of an automobile. Each of m the tools illustrated consists of a handle having a flattened portion at an end thereof constitutin an anvil adapted to be held against the wor being bumped out, and the anvils are differently shaped and disposed at different angles to their handles to facilitate their use in various. positions where the surface to be bumped out is more or less obstructed by braces, beams or other supporting structure. Furthermore the bumping'surface of each anvil is curved to conform more or less accurately to the desired curvature of the surface to be bumped out. With the foregoing and other objects in view the invention consists of the novel construction, combination and arran ement of parts as hereinafter more speci cally described, and illustrated in the accompanying drawings, wherein is shown an embodiment of the invention, but it is to be understood that 50 changes, variations and modifications can be 1988. Serial No. 875,217. resorted to which fall within the scope of the claims hereunto appended. In the drawings wherein like reference characters denote corresponding parts throughout the several views: Figure 1 is a side elevation of a tool in accordance with this invention for bumping out metal. Figure 2 is a front elevation thereof. Figure 3 is a fragmentary view in front elevation upon an enlarged scale. Figures 4, and 6 are respectively sections on lines 4-4, 5-5 and 66 of Figure 1. Figure 7 is a side elevation of another form of tool in accordance with this invention for bumping out metal. Figure 8 is a fragmentary view in rear elevation thereof. Figure 9 is a fragmenta elev%tion of the form of too shown in Figure 1 Figure 10 is a section on line 10-10 of Figure 7. Figure 11 is a side elevation of still another form of tool in accordance with this invention for bumping out metal. 7 Figures 12, 13 and 14 are respectively sections on lines 1212, 13-13 and 14-14 of Fi ure 11. igure 15 is a side elevation of still another form of tool in accordance with this invention for bumping out metal. Figure 16 is a front elevation thereof. Figures 17, 18 and 19 are respectively sections on lines 1717, 1818 and 19-19 of Figure 15. Figure 20 is a side elevation of still another form of tool in accordance with this invention for bumping out metal. Figure 21 is a rear elevation thereof broken away. Figures 22 and 23 are sections on lines 2222, 2323, respectively, of Figure 20. Figure 24 is a view looking toward the free end of the handle of the tool. The tool as illustrated in Figures 1 to 6 is what is termed a heavy fender spoon and comprises a handle 25 of appropriate length and preferably of polygonal cross section to facilitate gripping the same in the hand. One view in frontend of the handle 25 is tapered as at 26 and merges into an inclined anvil 27 curved lengthwise thereof from end to end. The anvil 27 gradually decreases in thickness from its inner to its outer end and has its rear face of arcuate curvature transversely. The anvil 27 is of spoon-like form and has a rounded free end. The inner portion of the anvil is flared and it merges into a substantially oval-shaped portion which is of greater length than the tapered portion. The anvll is disposed at an acute angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the handle 25. The bumping-out tool of Fig; 1 may be employed in various operations ut is particularly well adapted for use in straightening out the fenders of an automobile and is so constructed that the handle 25 of the tool may be grasped in the hand to hold either the outer convex surface of the anvil 27 or the curved end thereof against the indented structure while bumping out blows are delivered to the exposed or outer surface of the indented structure. The handle 25 is made relatively heavy as shown so that the weight or inertia of rest of the entire tool will be sufficient to withstand the bumping out blows. 'The tool as shown in Figures 7 to 10 inclusive is what is termed a wide heavy duty sill spoon and it comprises a handle 28 of appropriate length and of polygonal cross section and has a tapered end 29 which merges into an inclined anvil 30 curved lengthwise thereof from end to end. The rear face of the anvil 30 is of arcuate curvature transversely. The anvil 30 gradually decreases in thickness from its inner toward its outer end and is of flaring contour throughout. The forward face of the anvil 30 at the outer portion thereof is beveled as at 31. The free end of the anvil 30 is rounded, and the anvil is disposed at an acute angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the handle 28 and is of less thickness and of less len h than the anvil 27 The angular disposition of the anvil 30 is substantially the same as that of the anvil 27. The form of tool shown in Figures 11 to 14, both inclusive, is what is termed a special door spoon and it comprises a handle 32 of appropriate length and of polygonal cross section. The handle 32 has a tapered end 33 which merges into an inclined anvil 34 upon a slight curve from end to end thereof and which is disposed at an obtuse angle with respect to the handle 32. The anvil 34 is disposed at a greater angle than the anvils 27 and 30. The anvil 34 gradually decreases in thickness from its inner toward its outer end vthe longitudinal axis of the handle. either of the anvils 27 or 30. The tool as shown in Figures 15 to 19 is what is termed a double end driving spoon and it includes a bar-like handle 35 of appropriate length and preferably of polygonal cross section to facilitate grasping the same firmly in the hand. The handle 35 is tapered at one end as at 36 and merges into an anvil 37 curved in the direction of its length and disposed at an acute angle with respect to The anvil 37 while relatively thick throughout its length gradually decreases in thickness from its lIlIlBI' toward its outer end and the outer face of the anvil which constitutes the bumping surface is of arcuate curvature transversely and longitudinally. The free end of the anvil 37 is positioned beyond the plane of the handle 35. The anvil 37 in the construction shown is of uniform width through out. The free end of the anvil 37 is beveled as indicated at 38. This tool is adapted for use in various bumping out operations, and also constitutes a powerful prying tool for bending the distorted portion of an automobile back into place. The handle 35 has a curved portion 36 at its other end which merges into a relatively thick, laterally extending inclined flaring anvil 37 which gradually decreases in thickness from its inner to its outer end. The anvil 37 is of greater width than anvil 37 and its outer end is shaped to form the relatively square bumping-out shoulder or abutment 38. The anvil 37' extends from the handle 35 in an opposite direction from that of the anvil 37 and is reversely bent with respect to the handle; that is, the anvil 37' is so positioned that its outer face forms an obtuse angle with the extended longitudinal axis of the handle andis given only a slight curve in the direction of its length. As a result of this reversely bent arrangement of the anvil 37 it is well adapted for use in various prying operations and its outer face forms a bumping-out service adapted to be held against the work in various bumpingout operations, while its outer end 38 is also adapted to be held against the various portions of an automobile to be bumped out. The construction of this double ended bumping-out tool of Fig. 15 is such that either anvil may be conveniently grasped by the workman to hold the opposite anvil against the work while performing the bumping-out operation. The form of tool shown in Figures 20 to 24 is what is termed a body post spoon and includes a handle 39 of appropriate length and of polygonal cross'section and which has a tapered end 40 which merges into an anvil 41, which is disposed at an obtuse angle with respect to the handle 39 and curved lengthwise thereof. The angle upon which the The anvil 41 gradually decreases in thickness from its inner towardits outer end and is of ar'cuate curvature transversely of its outer face. The anvil 41 is ofuniform width from end to end with the exception of an inner flaring portion of materially less length than the length of the part of uniform width. In each of the bumping-out tools illustrated in the drawings the anvil is disposed at an angle .to the handle portion of the tool to facilitate the presentation of the curved outer face of the anvil to the indented surface that is to be bumped out, andthe handle in each construction is made sufficiently heavy to Ycause the inertiaof rest of the tool to resist the bumping out blows delivered to the outer or exposed surface of the indented structure. 1 The anvils are disposed at various angles to the handles for use indifferent bumping out operations and to facilitate the placing of an anvilagainst a more or less obstructed surface. ' curved coupling portion extending from each WhatIclaimis: 1. A bumping-out .tool for removing indentations in the metal structure of a vehiole, comprising a 'barslike handle having a end of the handle, .and a tapered elongated anvil provided at each end of the handle and connected to the handle by said coupling portions to extend inopposite directions with to extend in opposite directions from the longitudinal axis of the handle and one 'anvil being disposed at a greater angle to the handle than the other. 3. A bumping-out tool for removing indentations in the metal structure of a vehicle comprising a relativel' heavy bar-like handle, a tapered elongate anvil provided at each end ofthe handle and formed rigid therewith to extend in; opposite directions from the handle, each anvil having a curved bumping surface extending lengthwise of the anvil and one, anvil being disposed at agreater angle to the handle than the other. .4. A bumping-out tool for removing indentations in'the metal structure of a vehicle, comprising aI-bar-Iike handle, an elongated 'anvil provided at each end of the handle and formed rigid therewith to extend in opposite directions from the longitudinal axis of the handle, each anvil hav ng a curved bumping surface and one anvil having its outer bumping surface disposed at an acute angle to the extended axis of the handle and the other having its outer bumping surface disposed at an obtuse angle to the extended axis of the handle. r 5. A bumping-out tool for removin indentations'in the metal structure of a ve 'cle, comprisin a bar-like handle, having itsopposite en s flattened and bent laterall in opposite directions from the longitu inal axis of the handle to form anvilsprovided with curved bumping surfaces extending longitudinally of the anvils. .6. A bumping-out tool for removing indentations in the metal structure of a vehicle, comprising a bar-like handle havin its opposite ends flattened and bent'latera y in opposite directions-from the lon itudinal axis. of the handle to form anvils o greater width than the handle and bumping surfaces extending ongitudinally of the anvils. 7. A bumping-out tool for removing indentations in the metal structure of a vehicle comprising a relatively heavy bar-like handle, a flattened elon ated anvil provided at each end of the han 1e and formed rigid therewith to extend laterally in opposite di-' rection from the longitudinal axis of. the rovided with handle andvone anvil being disposed at a greater angle to the handle than the other. 8. A bumping-out tool for removing indentations in the metal structure of a vehicle comprising a bar-like handle having one end flattened and reversely bent to form a later-- ally extendin anvil provided with an outer bump1ng sur ace that is disposed at an obtuse angle to the extended-longitudinal axis of the handle. 9. A bumping-out tool for removing indentations 'in the metal structure of a vehicle comprising a bar-like handle having one en flattened. and bent laterally to the handle at nearly a right angle thereto to. form a laterally extending anvil provided with an outer bumping surface and a shoulder at its outer end.. a 1 10. A bumping-out tool for removing indentationsinthe metal structure of a vehicle, comprising a bar-like handle having one end flattened and bent laterally to thehandle at a pronounced angle to form a laterally extending anvil provided with an outer buanping surface and a shoulderat its outer en 1 4 g In testimony whereof, I afiixmy signature hereto. 7 . WILLIAM FERGUSON.

Description SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION This application is a continuation-in-part of my copending application Ser. No. 437,482 filed Jan. 28, 1974 and now abandoned, entitled "Apparatus for Constructing Torsionally Resilient Vehicles." The primary object of this invention is to provide simple means to construct a torsionally resilient sidecar and to resiliently secure it to any two-wheel, tandem type vehicle thus enabling its owner to transport additional people and cargo in it when desired and easily detach it to operate the original two wheel vehicle individually as before. There have been many attempts to provide a sidecar and its connecting means to bicycles and motorcycles, but none of them utilized the presently disclosed and utilized torsionally resilient means of construction and attachment. The present invention discloses integrated frame and coupling system which is conceived on the principle of the torsion-type suspension and torsionally resilient coupling means between any two-wheeled, tandem type land vehicle and easily attachable and detachable sidecar structure, the resulting vehicle being able to carry much greater useful loads of people or cargo in endless combinations of them as desired by its owner. When coupled to any type of a pedal propelled vehicle such as a bicycle, it provides for local transportation of children, groceries and other cargoes, thus replacing the second car for local errands; retired people, invalids and those unable to use the regular bicycle could be easily transported by it or operate it themselves since no balancing is required. When coupled to any type of a motor driven two wheel vehicle such as motor assisted bicycles, minibikes, scooters, motorcycles and such, it increases their usefulness and pleasure of ownership by utilizing the power of their engines to transport heavier loads. Thus any owner of any type of a two wheel motorized vehicle would have the choice of riding it for his own individual transportation, for sport, cross country or trail riding as before, or, by easily coupling the sidecar to it, could transport other people or various cargoes over the regular streets and roadways used by any normal four wheeled vehicles. This type of a sidecar and its coupling is made possible by the use of uniquely conceived connecting members, each of them bent to form a longer mid-portion and two shorter end-portions; their longer mid-portions serving as transverse spacers between the two wheeled vehicle and its sidecar, while their bending flexure and torsional twisting resilience about their longitudinal axis providing torsional suspension for all three wheels in relation to each other by means of their shorter ends which are connected to the suitable members of the two-wheeled vehicle frame on one side and to the frame structure of the sidecar on the opposite side, thus making the shorter ends act alternately as either the lever-arms of the torsionally resilient connecting members or as means of their attachment to the rigid frame of the combined structure. Thus the connecting members perform several basic functions: 1. they maintain the sidecar and the main vehicle in stable and parallel relationship to each other under all normal driving conditions and loads, over all types of normal roads; 2. their torsionally resilient mid-portions provide sufficient degree of bending flexure and torsional twisting resiliency about their longitudinal axis to enable all wheels of the resultant vehicle to follow their own terrain and road irregularities independent of each other; 3. their torsional suspension characteristics are individually adjustable to negotiate varied load and road conditions; 4. they are adaptable for use as the main transverse members of the sidecar frame, making it more resilient and road worthy; 5. they provide for better distribution of total weight to be carried by all three wheels; 6. they provide more resilient interconnection between the two assemblies, thus increasing the roadability of the combined vehicle and increasing its ability to carry relatively greater loads. Several other functional advantages provided by this invention any many other benefits of it will become more apparent upon consideration of the following specification and accompanying drawings wherein like characters of reference designate substantially corresponding parts through the several embodiments of this disclosure in which: FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a sidecar attached to a typical bicycle according to this invention; FIG. 2 is a diagrammatic plan view of such an assembly; FIG. 3 is a diagrammatic side view of such an assembly; FIG. 4 is a diagrammatic front view of the same assembly; FIG. 5 is a detail perspective view of the "toe-in" adjustment; FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a tubular frame structure for a general utility sidecar; FIG. 6-A and FIG. 6-B are detail views of suspension means; FIGS. 7, 7-A and 7-B are detail views of various configurations the connecting member may assume when serving as an axle support; FIG. 8 through 8-E show six embodiments of the sidecar; FIGS. 8-F through 8-K show five more embodiments of the sidecar; FIGS. 9 through 9-C illustrate four embodiments of the sidecar as used with a motorcycle; FIG. 9-D is a view of mounting means for the connectors; FIG. 9-E illustrates an adjustable connector means; FIG. 9-F illustrates two sidecars attached to a motorcycle; FIG. 9-G illustrates a sidecar attached to a scooter; FIG. 9-H illustrates a minimal sidecar attached to a motorcycle; FIGS. 10, 10-A and 10-B illustrate a multipurpose embodiment of a sidecar construction; FIG. 11 illustrates another type of attachment means; FIG. 12 illustrates connector adapted to serve as an axle. Referring to the drawings wherein like numerals designate similar parts throughout this description, and the two-wheeled vehicle, regardless of its configuration, will be called "main vehicle", FIG. 1 is a general perspective view of a typical ladies type bicycle as it would appear when coupled by the presently disclosed torsionally resilient connecting system to a typical sidecar structure, with the sidecar wheel R spaced at least 32" or 80 cm from the rear wheel L of the bicycle. In applicant's Patent application Ser. No. 597,311, filed Aug. 8, 1975 the torsional type of suspension coupling is applied to operatively couple any two tandem-type two-wheel vehicles, resulting in a unique four-wheel vehicle. This disclosure provides for coupling of a one-wheel sidecar to any two-wheel tandem-type vehicle, producing a three-wheel vehicle of great stability and usefulness but presenting somewhat different problems in its suspension, control and roadability characteristics. Therefore, only those factors, embodiments, combinations and modifications which differ from those already disclosed in Patent application Ser. No. 597,311, filed Aug. 8, 1975 are presented and disclosed while those means which may be considered common or interchangeable to both types of vehicles are omitted from this disclosure but considered as applicable to it in all respects as may be deemed expedient or necessary to their successful implementation. As shown in FIG. 1, three torsion tubes F, T and B are interconnecting the sidecar S to the bicycle A; each of them is bent to form a longer mid-portion and two shorter end-portions; their longer mid-portions being positioned substantially horizontally and transversely between the bicycle frame and the sidecar structure, their shorter end-portions at one side longitudinally aligned with the correspondingly positioned frame members of the bicycle and at the other side connected to the sidecar structure. Thus, one shorter end-portion of the front torsiontube F is attached at points F-1 and F-2 to the down tube 1 of the bicycle A, its opposite shorter end-portion is secured to the rigid member on the outboard side of the sidecar S at two points FS-1 and FS-2. One shorter end-portion of the top torsiontube T is attached at two points T-1 and T-2 to the seat tube 2, its opposite short-end is modified to fit over the rigid stub axle shaft 4 at each side as TS-1 and TS-2. One shorter end-portion of the back torsiontube B is attached at two points B-1 and B-2 to the chain-stay tube 3, its opposite short-end secured to the rigid portion of the sidecar S at BS-1 and BS-2. To support the inboard side of the sidecar S, eye-bolt type hangers H are operatively suspended from torsiontubes F and T, being modified to allow free rotation of the torsiontubes within them and secured to the inboard side of the sidecar structure S at such points as H-1 and H-2. If the sidecar body is not sufficiently rigid, the torsiontubes may be secured to it by means of U-bolts and reinforcing plates as shown at BS-2, thus distributing the torsional load over sufficient area. The sidecar could be produced in many configurations, but as shown in FIGS. 1, 2, 3 and 4, in this instance it is formed of synthetic materials such as fiberglas and the like, comprising the bottom shell 10, offering just a simple open enclosure as in FIG. 8-A or 8-B; over it is easily fitted front hood 11, to provide partial wind screen and secured to it by fastening means 35. To make the sidecar completely element-proof, dual purpose panels 12 and 13 may be added as needed and if they would be provided with a lock 14, the sidecar could be made pilfer-proof. Thus, when used as a cargo carrier, either or both of panels 13 and 12 could be unlocked to make the interior accessible, but when transporting people, the panel 12 would slide back far enough to provide an adjustable seat and panel 13 would be tilted upwardly to provide a wind screen as best seen in FIG. 3. The basic operational behavior characteristics of any sidecar are determined by many factors, such as the type of the vehicle it is coupled with, its center of gravity and over-all weight distribution, the type of load carried, the road conditions, wind resistance, speed traveled and many other circumstances, and while the adaptation for regular bicycle, traveling at low speed and carrying light loads over relatively smooth streets is comparatively very simple, when building sidecars for motorcycles and such, at least three factors have to be considered: the "off-set" and the "toe-in" of the sidecar wheel and the "lean-out" of the main vehicle. They are provided for in the following manner: While the "off-set" is really not essential when the main vehicle is any common bicycle, it may be incorporated if deemed expedient as shown in FIG. 1, wherein the outboard shorter portion of torsiontube B may be bent in either forwardly or rearwardly direction to align with sufficiently rigid portion of the sidecar and secured to it as at BS-1 and BS-2, while the separate short axle 4 is located where desired and secured in the manner as shown in FIG. 5, in which the bottom body shell 10 has on its outboard side axle housing 9. The sidecar axle 4, which may be a regular front wheel axle of the same type as on the main vehicle A, has an axle extension means 15 threaded over the inboard end of the axle 4. The extension 15 is operatively slidable within the elongated opening 16 in the wall of the housing 9, which also has threaded holes in its forward and rearward facing sides to accept the "toe-in" adjustment type bolts 17. Thus, when properly assembled, as shown in FIG. 1, the sidecar wheel R will be securely supported by wheel stays T and T-1 of the torsiontube T and longitudinally stabilized by the wheel stay W secured to the body shell 10 at W-1 and FS-2, thus positioning the wheel R parallel to the longitudinal center line of main vehicle A. To provide for proper "toe-in" when needed, as indicated by N in FIG. 2, and which may be as much as 50 mm narrower at point N than at point N--N, the bolts 17 are screwed in or out as needed to position the axle extension 15 anywhere between the arrows 18. Thus, since the outboard end of axle 4 is permanently fixed by the wheel stay W, the forward "toe-in" adjustment bolt 17 is screwed in until the center line of axle 4 forms the desired angle to provide the desired amount of "toe-in" and then the rearward bolt 17 is screwed in to lock the axle extension 15 in the desired position. When a longer separate axle such as 6 is used as shown in FIGS. 6 and 9-G, its outboard end is located and secured in the proper "off-set" position to the outboard frame member 22 of the sidecar frame 20, and its inboard end is adjustably secured by means 19 to the inboard frame member 21 in such manner whereby the axle 6 will form the required angle with the center line of the main vehicle A to provide the needed "toe-in" of the sidecar wheel R. Thus, either type of the axle is always easily adjustable as may be required for varied use of the three wheel vehicle. To provide for proper "lean-out" of the main vehicle when it is desirable, the top torsiontubes F and T have their longer mid-portions sufficiently longer than the back bottom torsiontube B, whereby as indicated by arrow P in FIG. 4 the main vehicle A is made to lean away from its vertical center line by 5 to 20 mm when both the sidecar and the main vehicle are occupied. This type of "lean-out" may be increased sufficiently whereby it will provide the desired degree of "camber" for high crown paths and roads. Of course, when the torsiontubes F and T comprise the slidably floating adjustment means as explained in FIG. 9-E, the "lean-out" and the "camber" adjustments are readily made as desired by simply locking the torsiontube sections FA and F in any desired relation by the locking pin means 33. FIG. 6 illustrates a typical frame structure for general utility type of a sidecar, constructed of light metal tubing welded into two longitudinal sides 21 and 22 and joined by bottom transverse members 23 which could be of the torsiontube type of configuration, thus forming a three-sided frame structure adaptable for endless types of sidecar configurations to carry varied cargo, people or both in all kinds of combinations. While the outboard frame 22 is supported by the wheel R, located at the desired "off-set" from the back wheel L of the main vehicle, the inboard frame 21 is resting over the torsiontubes F, T and B and kept in operative but silent contact with them by locating means 25 shown in more detail in FIGS. 6-A and 6-B; they are configured of hard but resilient material and provided with openings 26 to fit over the torsiontubes, allowing them free torsional activity without any noisy metal-to-metal contacts when the sidecar is negotiating rough terrain; they may be provided with set-screw means 17 whenever they are used over straight tubes and their locations are to be definitely secured instead of allowed to float over them. The vertical wheel stay W is securable to any convenient member of the frame 22 and another horizontal wheel stay could be secured to the bottom tube of frame 22 as indicated in FIGS. 1 and 8-H. Also, this basic type of a sidecar frame could be easily converted into a push cart by installing another wheel on the inboard end of the axle 6 as further suggested by FIG. 10. This type of frame could be equipped with permanent or removable floor, side panels and top covers to meet the need of various transportation requirements and the front outboard swivel wheel Q would prevent the front right corner from scraping the ground. FIGS. 8, 8-A, 8-B, 8-C and 8-D illustrate several ways of utilizing this invention even in the most prosaic manner. Looking at FIG. 8, the sidecar S may be just a "garden cart" commonly available, made of steel or other suitable material, in this case measuring roughly 20"×26" bottom panel, 20"×39" top rim and 11" deep (500 mm×660 mm bottom panel, 500 mm×1 meter top rim and 280 mm deep). The bottom torsiontube B is modified to accommodate the axle 5 which accepts front wheel hub M of the same type as the front wheel 8 of the main vehicle, making them interchangeable in use, and the wheel stay W stabilizes the wheel R in proper longitudinal position. For local usage at low speeds and normal loads no "off-set" is necessary, and if the axles of both rear wheels are in line there is no need for "toe-in" either, while the "lean-out" and the "camber" may be provided by simply making the longer mid-portion of the lower torsiontube B slightly shorter as needed. To this bare cart may be added simple panels as 50 which is slidably secured to the top flange of the sidecar S or which may be foldable by means of hinges 36, thus either making a cover or platform up to the support H-T or, when pulled back and dropped down, allowing a person to sit on it, using the torsiontube T as an assist bar; thus the whole side cart could be either covered to protect its contents from elements or made into two seats by folding them and slidably adjusting them as needed. FIG. 8-A shows how an ordinary folding chair 51 could be used to transport older people; it could be secured to the torsiontube T by fasteners 35 and when not needed it could be folded and carried in the bottom of the sidecar S. The safety belt X may be used to secure an invalid person in the seat and the step 24 could serve as the foot rest; of course the seat could face forward and the torsiontube T could serve as an assist bar. FIG. 8-B shows a molded seal sheel 52 positioned and secured on top of the panel 50 with the safety belt X secured to the sidecar body S while the torsiontube T is provided with cushioning sleeve 55 to function as a general assist bar for the seat occupant. It should be noted that the front torsiontube F may be secured to the front of the sidecar either at its outboard side as in FIG. 8, at its middle as in FIG. 8-A or at the inboard front corner as in FIG. 8-B, depending on the stability required. The auxiliary swivel wheel Q could be used in low profile sidecars as in FIG. 8-A. FIG. 8-C illustrates how various enclosures could be used in conjunction with even this type of simple configuration. The hood 11 could be fitted over its front for partial protection and the cab-type cover 40 could be rotated around hinges 36 to allow easy entry and exit for its passenger; the lock 14 could keep the unit pilfer-proof when used for transportation of cargoes. FIG. 8-D show another embodiment for commercial use with larger enclosures. All of these types of covers could be of soft, semirigid or rigid materials of any suitable substance and be either easily removable and exchangeable or installed permanently. FIG. 8-E illustrates a personal type of a sidecar structure S which would be preferably of molded synthetic material with most of the torsiontubes out of sight and the back hood 12, with lock means 14, functioning either as the trunk lid to allow access for loading and unloading of the sidecar or swinging backward and locking in several positions to act as a seat-back with its cushion 54 when the seat cushion 53 is occupied by a passenger. FIGS. 8-F, 8-G, 8-H, 8-J and 8-K show just a few of many possible configurations of this invention as it could be applied to the light duty, open type, all metal and very minimal or "stripped" models. It is usable by the young for fun and local errands, by those who desire its extra capabilities to transport occassional cargo or a friend and by those who have trouble balancing an ordinary bicycle who could use it as a convertible "three wheeler" at much less cost and much more usefulness to them. FIG. 8-F illustrates the very minimum embodiment of the present concept, with the torsiontube B adapted to serve as the axle support for the wheel R which is further supported by torsiontube T modified to be secured to an ordinary front wheel fork 64 but facing backward. The wheel stay W is supported by the outboard shorter portion of the front torsiontube F which has an extra bend in its midportion to allow it to drop downwardly and rearwardly in order to reach the stay W. Spacer means T-B and T-F help to keep all three torsiontubes in proper transversely parallel alignment, thus resulting in a very economical but very road-worthy three wheeler operable even without any more additional accessories but to which various travel and transportation aids could be secured as disclosed in more detail in Patent application Ser. No. 597,311 filed Aug. 8, 1975. The wire stand Y may be added and the longitudinal spacer T-F provides a hand rest or assist bar for the operator of the tricycle; to provide for any type of electrically operated accessories such as lights, turn indicators, horns etc., a storage battery may be carried in container Z preferably located close to the wheel R, and if not a battery, then some heavy weight could be carried in it to help in balancing the vehicle when operated by an amateur. FIG. 8-G illustrates another modification, in which the wheel fork 64 is replaced with the minimum sidecar frame 20, configured preferably of welded tubular steel and operatively connected to the mid-portion of torsiontube B at 25 on its inboard side and on its outboard side comprising two wheel stays cooperatively interconnected and adapted for securement to the front torsiontube F. The outboard end of the torsiontube B is modified by being locally flared open on its bottom to accommodate the axle extension 15 screwed over the inboard end of axle 4, thus allowing the whole wheel R to be dropped out just like the front wheel 8 of the bicycle by simply removing the cotterpin 66 from the correspondingly located holes 65 in the flared portion of torsiontube B and the axle extension 15. Various items could be carried suspended over the spacer means F-T as suggested by brief case X-X and a seat as 50 could be supported as indicated by dotted lines to torsiontube B and the horizontal portion 20-T of the sidecar frame 20. FIG. 8-H illustrates an embodiment of the sidecar structure S in form of a foot stand Y, its tubular frame operatively secured to the torsiontube B as at 25 on the inboard and by means B-F at the inboard side of the wheel fork 64, while its front is secured to torsiontube F at F-1 and F-2. The auxiliary eye-bolt type spacer means H are operatively but rigidly bracing all three torsiontubes to the frame of the stand Y. The wheel stay W may be secured to the frame Y in adjustable manner at W-1 to provide for "toe-in" of the wheel if desirable. FIG. 8-J illustrates a further embodiment of the minimal sidecar configuration wherein the basic structure comprises tubularly framed floor panel Y combined with front and side screens defined by hanger means H operatively secured to torsiontube T by resilient means 25, thus providing means to stand or sit on and to carry varied cargoes and auxiliary attachments. To fully enclose this triangular enclosure a hinged, positionally adjustable panel 12 could be added, while the auxiliary brace T-F would add rigidity. FIG. 8-K presents an open type of a sidecar S wherein its lower portion would serve as a carrying enclosure for sundry goods while the back panel Y could serve as a seat or stand with the torsiontube T serving as an assist bar for the sidecar passengers and the auxiliary brace T-F is slidably adjustable over torsiontubes T and F as required. All of these open-type configurations would offer minimum wind resistance and would be constructed to complement and match the structural characteristics of the main vehicle as to the roadability, weather resistance and parts exchangeability of it and would be finished to match the main vehicle to create unified and harmonious combination. FIG. 9-H illustrates the minimal type of an open style sidecar structure as applied to any type of a motorcycle; it offers the least of wind resistance and is adaptable to carry not only cargo but people in many combinations. It comprises the tubularily framed floor panel Y with two sides 21 and 22 securely welded to it and the whole resting on top of torsiontube B and secured to it by means as 25. The outboard upper corner of side 22 is secured to the outboard shorter portion of torsiontube T while the back upper corner of side 21 rests over and is secured to the longer mid-portion of of torsiontube T by means as 25. The upper front torsiontube F has an added bend to it to operatively secure the front frame of panel Y and the torsiontube B-F is operatively secured to the front inner side of the floor frame Y. The upright wheel stay W provides outboard support for axle 5 and the horizontal stay W-F is secured to the frame Y in adjustable manner to allow for the "toe-in" adjustment of the wheel R. Both torsiontubes F and T may be provided with the slidably operable adjustment means G as explained in FIG. 9-E and if the torsiontubes B and B-F were secured to the main vehicle by means as explained in FIG. 9-D, very resilient and roadworthy vehicle would result. By leaving the adjustment means G out from the front torsiontube F the structure would become more rigid but giving better support to the front portion of the floor panel Y and increasing its load carrying capability. FIGS. 9, 9-A, 9-B, and 9-C explain just four of many possible adaptations of this invention for coupling any type of a sidecar to any type of a motorcycle or the like. As seen in FIG. 9, the motor cycle A represents any type, model and size of an existing two wheel motor propelled vehicle, with its basic frame structure suggesting the continuous double-cradle type, but it could be adapted just as easily to a single cradle or any other type of frame structure of sufficient rigidity and in this preferred embodiment it comprises four torsiontubes interconnecting it with the sidecar S. The upper front torsiontube F is secured to the downtube C at two points. The upper back torsiontube T is secured at two points to the frame structure D under the seat, and torsiontubes B and B-F are each secured to the lower frame E at two points. These locations are approximate, since various motorcycle frames present various mounting conditions, thus the shorter end portions may be bent at whatever angle will be necessary to provide for secure attachment of them and as suggested in FIG. 9-C. Looking at FIG. 9, the sidecar S is preferably constructed of two identically configured frames 21 and 22 which could be produced of welded tubing, metal stamping or any other suitable material from wood to synthetic compositions, and they are held in spaced-apart relationship to each other not only by the auxiliary torsiontubes K, which determine the transverse dimensions of the sidecar and are located as necessary to provide resilient stability to it under all load and road conditions, but in this case also by all of the torsiontubes. The torsiontube B is adapted on its outboard end to accept the axle 5 as explained in FIG. 12 and the length of its inboard short-end portion is determined not only by the location of the convenient means of attachment at the main vehicle A but also by the desired amount of the "off-set" for the sidecar, and it could assume the shape of the B-R and B-L in FIG. 9-F or of B in FIG. 9-G, unless the wheel R would be supported by the separate long axle as 6 in FIG. 9-G, thus allowing the freedom of varying the "off-set" of the wheel R as desired; the wheel stay W is secured to the frame 22 in the most efficient way and in such manner whereby it may be readily removed when changing the wheel R. FIG. 9-A is a perspective view of one of many possible shapes that a sidecar frame constructed according to FIG. 9 could assume, in this case showing the very minimum of fancy styling and just sufficient to cover its frame structure to make it practical for both human and cargo transportation. The body panels as 10, preferably fabricated of synthetic materials would be fitted and secured to the tubular frame members. The main hood 11 swings upwardly on hinges 14 to allow access to the sidecar interior and its panel 11-A may be opened upwardly to act as a windscreen when the sidecar is used by a person seated on seat cushion 53, using the hinged panel 12 as the seat-back cushion, while lock means 14 would be used to secure the unit at all other times. Both covers 11 and 12 are easily removable to provide an open-type of a sidecar. FIG. 9-B illustrates how even the classic configuration of the sidecar may be achieved with panels 11 an 12 opening in the direction of the arrows to permit access to its interior and the lock means 14 securing the unit agaist pilferage and again both 11 and 12 panels would be easily removable to create an open sidecar. FIG. 9-C illustrates how the torsiontubes F and T could be secured to the inboard side of the sidecar and how even the torsion tube B-F could be secured to the down tube C instead of bottom tube E if more desirable. The auxiliary light V signifies any and all types of reflectorized or electrically operated systems of light accessories, such as turn indicators, stop lights, etc. that could be incorporated into the sidecar combination. FIG. 9-F illustrates an adaptation of left and right sidecars to one main vehicle A, thus producing a four-wheel vehicle of many posibilities and allowing one or both sidecars to be used as needed. The sidecars could be of any configuration desired except that the overall width of the double assembly should conform to the prevailing highway regulations and city usage. The sliding adjustor means G allow all three rear wheels to travel independently of each other and assure positive traction for the main rear wheel L; this type of a combination could be useful for sight-seing taxi service and similar endeavors since the forward section of the sidecar floor could serve as a large platform for luggage while the seat 53 could accommodate passengers. FIG. 9-G illustrates a torsiontube suspension type of sidecar attached to a "scooter", a minibike or any other type of small motor driven vehicle A; of course, if it would be of the pedal and motor powered combination, the bottom front torsiontube B-F would have to be left out to allow for the operation of foot pedals. For light duty models the torsiontubes could be replaced with torsionrods of proper size and secured to the main vehicle A frame tubes C, D and E in the most suitable manner as explained elsewhere and the inboard side of the sidecar frame 21 may be suspended over them either by the use of locators 25 or by locally collapsing the tubes of 21 and providing holes for inserting the torsionrods through them. The most economical way would be to simply rest the tubes of 21 over the torsiontubes and secure them operatively together with ordinary U bolts. The frame structure could be shaped and covered in the same fashion as any of the sidecars previously described, only on the diminutive scale. The "off-set" is provided by using separate axle 6 secured on its outboard side by axle mounts 19 and on its inboard side adjustably by another mounts 19 to provide the proper "toe-in" if desired. If the sidecar would have tendency to scrape its front bottom when traveling overloaded, a swivel wheel Q could be secured to the outboard front corner to eliminate such problem. FIGS. 10, 10-A and 10-B illustrate a heavy duty, general utility convertible sidecar useful for broad range of transportation applications. It may be constructed by making the lower portion of it from sheet-metal, its floor approximately one meter square with its three sides 46 approximately thirty cm high, with their top edges reinforced by flanges and their back edges adapted to slidably accept a rigid gate 44, including chain means 47 to prevent the back ends of sides 46 from spreading, thus forming an enclosure to haul any heavy cargo. When more bulky items are to be transported, the low tailgate 44 is lifted out and the high side assembly 42 is positioned into the sidecar as suggested by the dashed lines in FIG. 10 and in more detail in FIG. 10-B, wherein the three sides, preferably of alluminium sheets and one meter high are joined by hinge means as 43 to form the three sided enclosure, with its upper edges properly reinforced to make them rigid while allowing it to be folded when not used. The high tail gate 45 is inserted instead of the low tailgate 44, its overlap panels 58 fitting on the outside of the metal side panels 42, thus stabilizing the back corners with the tailgate locking means 57 holding the panel 58 and 42 securely and rigidly together. The reinforcing means 49 on panels 42 comprise means of attaching to them the top cover 60 which may be just a tarpaulin or of the semi-rigid or rigid type. Varied types of holding accessories as 48 may be installed as needed, including a three section handle bars 56 easily removable or foldable against the sidecar, foldable stand 59 and hitching means 61 and 62. The sidecar S is provided with transverse axle 6 securable to the bottom of sidecar S in two ways: either at the right angle to its planview center line or at a proper angle to it to provide the required "toe-in" for wheel R; both axle ends are modified as in FIG. 12 to accept wheels R and R-L as needed and the wheel stays W are secured to the reinforced flange section by bolts for easy removal of the wheel R or R-L. The torsiontubes T,B and B-F are secured to the inboard side of the sidecar rigid lower section and front torsiontube F may be secured in the same fashion or at any desired location to the front panel as shown in FIG. 10; of course, if the bottom of the sidecar is above the height of the frame and rear axle of the main vehicle, the bottom torsiontubes B and B-F could be extended under the sidecar floor panel as far outboard as desired. This type of a convertible, multi-use sidecar could serve in any of the following capacities: 1. as a heavy duty, general utility sidecar as indicated by solid lines in FIG. 10; 2. as a heavy duty, large bulk carrier, by utilizing the high panels 42 and high tailgate 45; 3. as a two-wheel general utility cart, by installing the left side wheel R-L and the handle bar means 56 to it, with folding stand 59 used for stability; 4. as a two-wheel trailer to be attached to any land vehicle by trailer hitch means 61 or 62. The above described configurations are only illustrative of the varied and useful combinations and embodiments of this invention that could be suggested and produced by any person skilled in the art, but the following details are included for further clarification of this description and attached claims. FIGS. 7, 7-A and 7-B help to explain in more detail other configurations the torsiontubes may assume to efficiently couple any sidecar to any type of a two-wheel tandem type land vehicle. FIG. 7 illustrates the bottom torsiontube B which is secured to the bottom frame tube E of the main vehicle A such as shown in FIG. 9, by the use of modified collar-and-bolt means 38 with cushioning bushing means 39 as shown in more detail in FIG. 11, allowing the torsiontube B to rotate freely and silently within it; also, the end of the torsiontube is modified to accept lock nut means 31, thus allowing the two collar means 38 to remain on the main vehicle at all times; when necessary, the torsiontube B would be slidably inserted through them and the lock nut 31 would secure the two assemblies together. Alternatively, the bolts may be removed, in which case sleeves would be mounted in the bolts drilled in the bicycle tubes to prevent entry of foreign matter. The outboard shorter end portion of the torsiontube B is bent toward the axle of the sidecar wheel and welded to it is the wheel stay W, thus forming a rigid fork for supporting the modified axle 5 and providing it with resilient type of torque suspension since the adjustably positionable mount plates 19 allow the torsiontube to rotate within them. Any auxiliary spring suspension means as 37 may be used as desired. The axle mount plates 19 may be secured adjustably to provide not only the "off-set" but also the "toe-in" adjustment if desired. FIG. 7-A presents the shorter outboard portion of torsiontube secured to modified stub axle 5 which is assisted by auxiliary spring means 37, for use with small diameter wheels for light duty. FIG. 7-B shows an off-set type of an axle-torsiontube combination formed into double bent, with the axle stock 5 inserted into the torsiontube B as also explained in FIG. 12, either up to the arrow 1 for lighter type of a sidecar or all the way to point 2 for heavy duty work, thus the torsiontube retaining its softer resiliency in its longer mid-portion but being very rigid at its shorter end portion for added torque resiliency under heavy use. These type of inserts may be used even in the inboard shorter end portions of them. These three Figures are presented to show how varied the configurations of any of the torsiontubes may be while still adhearing to the scope of this invention. To make the combined vehicle even more pliable and responsive to varied road conditions and modes of its usage, the top torsiontubes F and T may be modified to allow the wheel R of the sidecar to follow its own terrain irregularities even further without adversly affecting the verticality of the main vehicle. Looking at FIG. 4 it is obvious that if all torsiontubes would be of unchangeable transverse dimensions, the verticality of the main vehicle would be affected when the sidecar wheel R would be undully raised or lowered; this condition is eased by splitting the upper torsiontubes F and T at the location indicated by G in FIG. 4 and other figures and making their split portions controllably, slidably cooperative with each other as explained in more detail in FIG. 9-E, which shows the cut ends F and F-A modified by forming them into square sections for slidably operative engagement with each other. Thus, when the sidecar wheel R would be excessively dropped or raised by the road surface, the modified ends would just slide in or out within each other. Also, these modified portions may comprise plurality of openings 32 adapted to accept pins 33 to lock the portions in any desired transverse length, thus controlling the "toe-in" and camber of the two rear wheels, and to limit the extent of this slidability, pins 34 may be inserted only through the inboard portion of the torsiontube; for extra heavy duty these modified ends may be reinforced before forming and to provide initial resistance and cushion to their slidable movement, the plug 67 is secured within the portion F-A and the spring means 37 is operatively secured to it and to the inner end of the tube F thus acting as compression and extension spring for both portions of the torsiontube. As shown in more detail in FIG. 9-D, all torsontubes may be secured to their respective locations in more yieldable manner by drilling proper size holes 32 to accept bolt means 28 through both sides of each tube, however, the hole 32 facing in the inboard direction of the torsiontube is elongated at the right angle to the longitudinal axis of the tube as desired; the resilient plug 30, also with a round hole in it to accept the bolt 28 is located within the tube, so that when the tube B-F moves back and forth as indicated by arrow 18, due to the uneven travel of the two rear wheels of the vehicle, this motion is converted into rotating movement of its shorter end portion around its longitudinal center line as is indicated by arrow 18X; since the resilient plug 30 has only a round hole in it, the tube B-F will rotate around its round hole next to the tube C but compress the plug 30 left or right depending on the movement of tube B-F, thus providing the initial degree of resiliency before the torsional quality of the tube's mid-portions is engaged. For heavy duty work, the plug 30 may be modified as shown in the enlarged view of it, wherein the plug 30 is in two identical halfs and the two identical and rigid spacer plates 37, shaped to fit around the bolt 28 increase the resiliency of the system by dissipating the intermittant torque load into the whole length of either half of the plug 30 and also acting as a bushing for the bolt 28. This system of connecting the torsion tubes between the main vehicle and its sidecar could be used throughout where beneficial. FIG. 12 illustrates how the outboard end of the torsiontube B is modified to serve as an axle 5 for the sidecar wheel R by simply inserting the proper size axle 5 into its end and collapsing it around it; the bolt or pin as 27 would secure it within and the bushings as 63 would be provided as needed. Any of the described embodiments of the torsionally resilient interconnecting structure to operatively couple a sidecar to any existing two-wheel tandem type vehicle may be installed to either side and include various controls, accessories and conveniences as desired for more efficient transportation of goods and more comfortable and safe transporting of people as disclosed in patent application Ser. No. 597,311, filed Aug. 8, 1975. Also it should be understood that since the above shown and described embodiments represent only few of its many possible configurations that this invention may assume, they are presented only as illustrative of the broad scope of this concept only and that numerous omissions, changes and additions may be made in these embodiments without departing from the spirit and scope of the attached claims.

Description H. J. HEIDBR. TRACTION ENGINE. APPLICATION FILED FEB. 20, 1911, Patented. Mar. 11' ' s SHBBTSSHEET 1. INVENTOR ATTORNEY WITNESSES H. J. HEIDER. TRACTION ENGINE. APPLICATION FILED FEB. 20, 1911v g gg Patented Mar. 11, 1913, 8 SHEETS-SHEET 2 v I I I I I I I l I l I l I I I I l I I I I I I l I l I I I I I I l I LI WITNESSES wand ATTORNEY H. J. HEIDER. TRACTION ENGINE. APPLICATION FILED 312.20, 1911. 1 55,635. v Patented Mar. 11 1913. w 1 P 0 $3 I 1 f'mry fi6li6i7 INVENTOR, WITNESSES ATTO R N EY UNITED srarns PATENT orrrc... j HENRY J. HEIDER, OF CARROLL-IOWA, ASSIGNOR T HEIDER MANUFACTURING COMPANY, OF CARROLL, IOWA. TRACTION {ENGINE To all whom it'may concern: Be it known that I, HENRY J HEIDER, a citizen of the United States, residing at Carroll, in the county of Carroll and State of Iowa, have invented'a new and useful Traction-Engine, of which the following is a specification. I The invention relates to improvements in traction engines. The object of the present invention is to improve the construction of traction engines, and to provide a simple, durable andeflicient traction engine, designed for opcrating agricultural and other machines and also for plowing and various other. trac- -tion purposes, and equipped with transmission gearing'connecting the engine with the traction wheels and with the driving pulley, and adapted to be arranged for. driving the machine either backward or forward and also for operating the diiving pulley while the machine is stationary. Withthese and other objects in View, the invention consists in the construction and novel combination of parts hereinafter fully described, illustrated in the accompanying drawings, and pointed out in the claims hereto appended; it being understood that various changes'in the form, proportion, sizeand minor details of construction, within the scope of the claims, may be resorted to without departing from the spirit or sacrificing any of the advantages of the invention. I 2. Fig. 5 is a detail sectional view on the. line 55 of Fig; 1. Like numerals of-reference designate cordrawin 1 designates a horizontal main frame supported at the back by a rear axle 2 and at the front by an approximately U-shaped axle 4. The rear axle, which is rigidly connected with the framefl, is mounted in' suitable bearings 5. and its spindles receive driving or'traction wheels 6. The frame 1 has a reduced front portion 7, and the Specification of Letters Patent. Application and February 20, 1911. Serial No, 609,681. In the drawings: ljigure 1. is .a planresponding parts in all the figures of the bolster 3, which is mounted upon a front, Patented Mar. 11,1913. bolster 3 consists of inclined sides, secured; at their upper terminals to the reduced portion 7 of the main frame, and connected at their lower terminals by a horizontal bottom .portion 8, arranged fiat upon the up- 66 per face of the front axle 4, which is pivoted to the bolster by a vertical king bolt 9. The bolster is rigidly held in a vertical position which are of a diameter considerably less. than the traction wheels, have flat peripheries and are provided, at the centers there-v of with annular -flanges 11, adapted to embed themselves in the ground to enable the front wheels to obtain the proper hold on the soil for guiding the traction engine. The traction engine is guided by steering mechanism comprising in its construction a pair of longitudinal'guide chains 12, con nected at their front ends with .the front axle 4 at opposite sides of the bolster3, and extending through a depending guiding hanger 13 and connected at their rear ends to a winding drum 14. The front ends of the chains are linked into eyes 15 of 'col-. ,larsorl bands16, which are secured to the front axle 4, and theguiding hanger 13. consists of a horizontal bottom portion and inclined. sides, which are bolted or other; wise secured at their upper terminals 17 to spaced portions of the frame 1, preferably at opposite sides of the reduced front portion 7 thereof. The guide chains 12 converge rearwardly from the front axle-to the guiding hanger 13, and extend rearwardly from the latterin parallelism to the winding drum 14 and are wound around the same in 0' opposite directions,'wherebywhen the winding drum is rotated one 'of the guide chains will be wound thereon and. the other unwound therefrom. The winding shaft, which is journaled'in suitable bearings 18of .the frame 1, is equipped atone end with a worm wheel 19, which meshes with a .worm 20' of an inclined steering shaft 21. The steer? ing shaft extends'upwardly and rearwardly at one side of the rear portion of the trac- .110 tion engine, and is mounted in upper and lower bearings 22 and 23, and is equipped at its upper rear end with a hand wheel 24, located adjacent to a motor 25. The motor 25, which preferably consistsof a four cylinder gasolene engine, may be of any other preferred type, and it is mounted in a superimposed position with relation to the main frame upon suitable frontand rear supports or sub-frames 26, located at the front and rear ends of the'engine and extending across the main frame and suitably secured to the same. The motor is elevated above the main frame tosupport it and its fly wheel or driving wheel 27 clear of the main axle and the main frame. The driving wheel 27 of the engine is located at the front end of the driving shaft, which is provided at its rear end with a crank 28, located above a platform 29 and adapted to be turned for cranking the engine. The platform 29,'for the accommodation of the operator, is supported by suitable brackets 30, having horizontal out wardly extending platform receiving portions and provided with depending vertical portions, which are secured at their upper terminals 31 to the main frame 1 of the traction engine. The platform preferably consists of spaced slats or bars, secured to the horizontal portions of the brackets, and it is braced by inclined bars 32, having rear horizontal portions and inclined front portions, the rear horizontal portions being ex-' equipped with a friction rim 34 of fiber, paper or other suitable material, preferably in the form of a disk or a ring, as illustrated in Fig.3 of the drawings, and adapted to be engaged by either of the spaced metallic friction disks 35, fixed to a transmis sion shaft 36, journaled in suitable bearings of the main frame and extending across the same and shiftable longitudinally to carry either of its friction disks or elements into contact with the friction disk or element of the motor, whereby forward or backward rotary motion is transmitted to the shaft 36. The friction disks 35 are also adapted to be held out of engagement with the driving wheel for stopping the transmission, shaft; The shifting of the shaft is effected by a longitudinal lever 37, located at one side of the rear portion of the frame of the machine, and fulcrumed near its front end to abracket 38 by a as suitable pivot 39, and equipped at its rear end with a spring actuated latchor detent 40, arranged to engage notches'of a seg-. ment41 and controlled by a-latch lever 42. The latch lever 42 is mounted on the shifting lever 37 adjacent to the handle portion thereof,-as clearly illustrated in Fig. 1 of the drawings. The front end 43 of the shifting lever is forked to straddle a sleeve 44, which is provided with an annular groove 45 to receive studs or projections 46 of the forked end of the shifting lever, but any other suitable means may be employed for connecting the shifting lever with the transmission shaft. The transmission shaft is extended be yond one side of the main frame, and it carries a driving pulley 47, adapted tobe connected by a belt with an agricultural or other machine for actuating the same, when the traction engine is arranged for use as a stationary engine, as hereinafter fully explained, The shiftable transmission shaft also carries a clutch, located between the spaced friction wheels 35 and composed of a'loose section 48 and a slidable section 49, movable along the shaft into 'and'out of engagement with the loose section and connected with the shaft by a key or feather 50. The clutch sections are conical, and the section 48 consists of a conical shell open at one side and forming a conical recess to receive the solid conical or tapered section 49. Any'other suitable form of clutch, however, may be employed, and when the"slid-' able clutch section is moved into engageice ment with the loose clutch section 48,'the latter is connected with. the shaft and rotary motion is transmitted from the shaft .36 by means 2f intermediate gearing consisting of a pinion 51 and a gear Wheel 52 to secsections 53 and 54. Motion is communicated from the sections 53 and 54 to the traction Wheels by side sprocket gearing consisting of sprocket chains 55,- arranged on front sprocket pinions 56 of the sections 53 and 54 and on rear sprocket wheels 57, which are connected with the traction wheels. The differential gearing, which connects the spur gear wheel 52 to the'sections 53 and 54, performs its accustomed function of equalizing the power transmitted to the traction wheels.- The slidable section of the clutch is provided withan extended hub portion 58, hav v ing an annular groove 59, which is engaged by a forked portionGO of an upright shift ing lever 51, pivoted toa bracket 62, as o tions 53 and 54 of a'transverse 'shaft,ar- 3 ranged in parallelism with the transmission shaft and mounted in suitable bearings clearlyi-llustrated in Fig. 3 of the drawings. The bracket 62, which is mounted on the main frame at one side of the center, is provided at the top with a transversely arranged toothed segment 63, which is engaged by a dog or detent'fiet of the upright shifting lever 61. The lever 61is adapted to maintain the clutch sections in and. out of engagement for transmitting motion to the driving mechanism of the traction engine, and also for disconnecting the driving mechanism from the transmission shaft to permit the traction engine to be operated as a stationary engine. The slidabl'e clutch section is moved. a sufiicient distance beyond the loose section by the shifting lever 61, so that there is no liability of the shifting of the transmission shaft-through the longitudinal shifting lever 37 carrying the loose section of the clutch into engagement with the slidable section thereof. When the clutch sections are in engagement, motion is transmitted to the driving gearing, and the traction engine may be driven either forwardly or backwardly by shifting the transmission shaft and engagingeither of the friction wheels 35 with the friction disk or element of the driving shaft "of the motor, and the tractionengine may be stopped by adjusting the transmission shaft so that neither of the friction wheels thereof is in engagement with the friction element of the driving shaft. 7 Having thus fully described my invention, what I claim as 'new and desire to se cure by Letters Patent, is 1. In a'traction engine, the combinatio with driving or tractionwheels,-of a motor actuated gear element, a transmission shaft having spaced gears and mounted so as to be shiftable longitudinally, means connected with thetransmission shaft for shifting the same to engage either of the gears thereof withthe said gear element, a clutch-mounted on the transmission, shaft, gearing for transmitting motion from the clutch to the traction wheels, and a driving pulley mounted on thetransmission shaft. 2. In atraction engine, the.combination with driving or traction wheels, of a transversely disposed motor actuated gear element, a transversely disposed transmission shaft having spaced, gears and mounted so as to be shiftable longitudinally, a lever connected with the transmission shaft for shifting the same to engage either of the gears thereof with the said gear element, a clutch mounted on the transmission shaft between the gears thereof, gearing connected with the clutchfor transmitting motion l I i 4' Copies of this patent may be obtained for five cents each, by-addressing the Commissioner of Patents, the sections thereof with t0 the-driving or traction wheels, and a driving pulley mounted on the transmission shaft the driving or traction wheels, and inter-' mediate gearing connecting the transverse shaft with the clutch of the transmission shaft. 4t. In a traction engine, the combination with driving or traction wheels, of a motor actuated gear element, a transmission shaft 3, In a traction engine, the combination having spaced gears and mounted so as to be shifted longitudinally, a lever connected with the transmission shaft for shifting the same to move either of the gears thereof into engagement with the motor actuated gear element,'a clutch mounted on the transmission shaft between the gears thereof, a sectional shaft, sprocket gearing connecting the driving ortraction wheels, and intermediate gearing connecting the sections of the shaft with the clutch. V 5. A traction engine including a frame, a rear axle secured to the frame, traction or. driving wheels mounted on the rear axle, an engine, a transverse gear element mounted on its shaft, a transmission shaft'extending across the frame and having spaced gears mounted so as to be shiftable longitudinally, a shifting lever connected with the transmission shaft for shifting the same to en gage either of the gears thereof with the gear element of the engine, a transverse shaft mounted on the frame in advance of the transmission shaft, side gearing connecting the transverse shaft with the driving Or traction wheels, intermediate gearing including a clutch for connecting the transverse and transmission shafts, and a shifting lever connected with the clutch for op-. erating the same. In testimony, that I claim the foregoing as my own, I have hereto aflixed .my signature in the presence of two witnesses. . HENRY J. HEIDER. Witnesses: GRACE P. KALLENnnRe, MARY E. HEIDER. Washington, D. 0.

Description Juy 26 1927 J. w. KARNER, JR GAS GUN -2 sheets-sheet 1 FiledV NovQv. 1924 fsf 'fa f l/ a .9 Q2 ...I all INVENTOR July 26, 1927. J. w. KARNER, `.JR yFiled NOV. 7.' 1924 A2 Sheets-Sheet 2 'A'rroRNEY ,Patented July 26, 1927. UNirEo 4STATES mamie PATENT orf-fries; JOSEPH W. KARNER, .13.,01 NEW Yoan, N.'Y. GAS GUN. appnatmn mea November 7, l1924. serial No. 748,316. The invention relatesin general to certain limprovements in a gun of general application designed to fire any kind of a projectile, and the 'invention specifically relates 5 to a gun preferably in pistol form and designed to discharge a gas or'volatile projectile by the firing of" cartridges contain ing gas producing substances. More definitely defined the invention relates to firing mechanism in a gun of the type described and Ato an improved form of l trig er control for such mechanism. `T ev primary object of the invention is to provide a simple form of `gas gun which will beA ositive in its actuation, which can be casi y and cheaply constructed and which at the same time will feature a neat, well balanced for'mvof pistol simulating a conventional formof pocket revolver. The in- 0 lvention contemplates the providing of a fire arm which will accommodate-a plural-p ity of cartridges and which'will 'fire the cartridges from a fixed position successively by the manipulation of a single trigger mechanism which may be actuated repeated-l ly and until all the cartridges have been exploded. Another object ofthe invention is to provide a type of gun, articularly applicable -when the gun is in tlie form of a plstol, in which the cartridge carrying clip Ais a readily replaceable umt with each cartridge pobarrels. Various otherobjects and advantages of the invention will be in part obvious from an inspection of the accompanying drawings and in part will` be more fully set forth in the following particular description of one form of mechanism embodying my invention, and the invention also consists in certain new and novel features of construcfilooking at the leftlhand side of the4 except at the dlscharge end ofthe several" tion and combination of parts hereinafter set forth and claimed. In the accompanying drawings Figure 1 is a plan view looking down upi on a pistol illustrating a preferred embodi- Vment of the invention; Figure 2 is a vertical sectional view taken on the medial line and on'the line 2-2 of Figure 1 showing the hammer in its normal inoperative position after it has fired the upper firing pin; Figure 3 is a view in front end elevation shown in Figure 1. Figures/4 and 5 are similar 'views of the firing mechanism, and in which Figure 4 is a view showing the hammer in retracted position just prior to being released; Figure 5 showing the .trigger in its final position, and the hammer released to its firing position; Figure 6 is a horizontal sectional Yviewtaken through the upper portion of thegun and taken on the line 6-6 of Figure 3; Figure 7 is a vertical sectional view taken on the line 7 7 of Figure 3; Figure 8 is a horizontal sectional view taken on the line 8 8 of Figure 4; and device Figure 9 is a detailedtransverse sectional .view taken on the line 9-9 of "Figure 4, in each case looking in the direction indicated by the arrows. In the following description and in the claims, parts will be identified by specic names for convenience of expression but they are intended to be as generic in their application to similar parts asthe art will permit. In the drawings there is shown a hand pistol comprising a stock 10, provided with handle 11, finger trigger 12, trigger guard 13, all somewhat resembling a known form of hammerless revolver. 'The stock is hollow toprovid'e a closed compartment 14 for accommodating firing mechanism 15 actutrigger vmechanism includes the trigger proper 12. The forward position of the. stock forms. between the two outlining and upstanding walls 17 and 18 thereof, a barrel receiving recess opened at the top and at its forward end. The rear end of this recess is defined by an upstanding block 19 hereinafter referred to as a breech yated from a trigger mechanism which block which acts as a spacing block between the walls 17 and 18, delines the front end of the chamber 14, the rear end of the barrel clip recess, and is made resilient to provide some recoil cushioning eifect. ' lock the unit iii position. The unit is intended to include a plurality of barrels 23, three being shown in the drawings, but it is intended that the units shall contain the maximum number of barrels that can be carried conveniently, takin into consideration the character of cartri ge which each barrel is designed to carry and taking into consideration the convenient weight of the device as a whole. In the device illustrated the barrels are designed to receive cartridges containing a gas forming substance. 'In order to prevent leakage, thepresent disclosure features a gas tight connection between the unit 2O and the stock so as to minimize any accidental leakage rearwardly from the gun. Mounted in the breech block 19 is a plurality of firing pins 24, one for each of the barrels and each operatively disposed to fire the cartridge carried in its associated barrel. The pins are slightly longer than the breech block, extend transversely therethrough and are lspring f pressed rearwardly, each by means ofa spring 25 designed normally to project the rear end 26 of its associated pin 4 into the chamber 14 and in position to be engaged by a firing hammer 27 forming part of the firing mechanism. lAn renlargement 28 on each pin forms a bearing for one end of the spring 25 and limits the rearward lmovement of the pin under action of the spring. The pins are selectively moved into their firing positions by means of thesingle firing hammer which is pivotally mounted at its lower end upon a rocking pin 29 for rocking movement in the lmedial plane of the piston. The hammer Ais formed of two main arts, a triangular shaped lower supporting ever 304 on the top flat side 31 of which is l.rotatably mounted a cylindrical barrel portion 32. lThe cylindrical portion is rotatably secured inits mounted position by means of an overhanging L-bracket 33 and which additionallyacts to provide an upper bearing '34 for the cylinder 32. The up- 'standing rear portion 35 of this bracket also provides an en aging post for a strong firing spring 36 t e upper end of which bears ragainst the hammer' and the lower end of which is removably secured to the stock at 37 as shown more particularly in igure 2. A supplemental firing spring, in this case shown' to be a coiled spring 38 is positioned between the fixed bracket part 33 and the stock at the upper portion of the hammer. The cylindrical portion'32 of the hammer is provided with a plurality of pin receiving apertures 39 arranged in staggered relation considered both circumferentially and longitudinally of the barrel and designed so that when the hammeris in position to engage any one of the firing pins, then the apertures are so located that every other `firing in will project into one of .the apertures. he apertures are so disposed that upon each step of a step-by-step rotation of the hammer hereinafter described, the cartridges in the several barrels are fired consecutively until with either a complete or fractional rotation of the hammer all of the cartridges will have been fired. The hammer portion 32 is rotated in its step-by-step movement by means of a pawl and ratchet form of progressive feed. The ratchet element is providedby means of a series of slots 40 formed in a reduced portion 41 of the lcylinder 32 to form a slip tooth construction, such as is shown in Fig'. 8. The teeth 42 so formed are disposed in the path of movement of a ratchet, in Fig. 2 shown to be a lever 43 with a ,nose end 44 for engaging the teeth of the ratchet and maintained in releasable positionby means of a pawl controlling sprin, r 45. It is understood from this construction that the movement of the hammer from the normal position in Fig. 4 into the retracted position shown in. Fig. 4 will cause the tooth which at the time is facing the nose 44 to move into engagement with the relatively fixed nose causing the same to react upon the cylinder 32 and to rotate the same one step in its rotary movement. The hammer is moved from its normal positio'n shown in Fig. 2 into its retracted posi-` tion shown in Fig. 4 and tlie springs 36 and 38 put under tension by the engagement therewith of the trigger mechanism in its firing movement. 'lhis'trigger mechanism includes the finger piece.- pivotally mounted on the rear portion of which is a push lever 46 having a rear hammer engaging end 47 and normally raised in the elevated position shown in Fig. 2- by means of a spring 47. `The end 47 is caused to ride down a wedge shaped guide piece 48 formed on the underside of the breech block 19 and is moved by the action of the linger piece into engagement vwith a contact face 49 formed on the upper front side of the lever 30. As the trigger vmoves into its limiting position shown in Figure 4, the guide 48 acting on the push lever 46 pushes the same off the bearing face L9-and causes the end 47 to release itself from the trigger and to pass into the undercut release 50 delining the lower frontI side of the lever 30.4 Releasing the hammer from the holding effect of the .trigger mechanism permits spring 36 or firing pi-ns. A suitable safety catch indicated at 5l is disposed to prevent retreat of the hammer and subsequent possibility of firing the device accidentally. It is understood that thecbarrel unit may be replaced by a similar unit and the same pistol may be used repeatedly by inserting` another clip with fresh cartridges for the previously fired clip With its dead cartridges. It is also Within the scope of the disclosure to substitute for the clip illustrated other clips with different size and character of barrels so that with the unitary pistol cartridges of different sizes may be employed. or different kinds of cartridges may be used, as Where 1t may be desired 1n the succesive operations of the trigger .to tire different -proj ectile. forms of gases and eventually to fire a solid By means of the device disclosed any de'- sired sequence of projected material may be employed simply by selecting the proper charge clip to give the results desired. Any selectedcombination of projectiles may be. tired simply by the successiveoperation of the trigger. l p While I have shown and described, and have pointed out in the annexed claims, certain novel features of my'invention, it. will be understood that various omissions. substitutions and changes in the form and details of the device illustrated and in its opera-` tion may be made by those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit of the invention. Having thus described my invention` I claim 1. In a gas gun, the combination of a stock, a combined cartridge clip and barrel unit demountably inserted in the stock, a breech'block provided with a plurality of firing pins, arranged in superposed order one above the other and one for each cartridge carried by the unit. a springr actuated hammer rockably mounted and housed in the stock and adapted when released en-A gage the pins, a triggerhaving a push lever` y a breech rotate the hammer with a step-bystep movement. 2. In a gun, the combination of a stock, provided Wlth a recess for receiving a barrel, block defining the rear end of the recess, a firing pin carried by the breech block and extending therethrough, a hammer rockably and rotatably mounted in rear of the breech block and adapted to be rocked into engagement With the pin, said hammer having an operative and an inoperative .rotative position relative to said pin and trigger controlled means operatively connected to the hammer for moving the same to and from said operative positions. 3. In a gun, the combination of a plurality of barrels, each adapted to receive a cartridge, a plurality of firing'pins, one for each barrel, a spring actuated, pi-vot-ally' 'mounted hammer for moving the pins on positions, a firing mechanism including a hammer of cylindrical form pivotally mounted for rocking movcmentwto and from its firing position, said hammer also n'iounted for rotary movement. about its longitudinal axis. said cylindricaldiammer provided with circumferentially spaced parts for successively facing the cartridges as theA hammer is rotated whereby the Vcartridges are fired successively by the successive rocking and .rotary movements of the hammer. 5. In a gun, the combination of a plurallty of barrels, each adapted to receive a cartridge, a plurality of tiring pins, one for each barrel, a spring actuated. pivotally mounted hammer for moving the pins on their firing stroke. said hammer also mounted for rotary -movement'a-nd provided with means controlled by the rocking movementof the hammer and adapted to be rotated into positions automatically to engage the different rin'g pins successively. 6. In a gun, the combination of a hammer pivotally mounted for movement to and from-a firing position, a spring bearing di rectly on the hammer in spaced relation to its pivotal mounting for swinging the same about its pivotall mounting and for moving the' hammer on its tiring movement, said hammer having a plurality of tiring positions and trigger actuated mechanism operativelyv connected vfor placing the spring under ten-y said last named means including y sion and for moving the hammer successively into its several firing positions and means controlled by the movement of said mechanism into its linal position for releasing the same automatically from the hammer and for permitting the spring to react on the hammer and movethe same into its lring position. 7. In a gun, the combination of a cylindrical hammer pivotally mounted'for movement to and from a firing position, said hammer mounted for rotary movement about an axis intersecting the axis of its pivotal movement and having on its cylindrical side a plurality of circumferentially firing pin engaging points and trigger controlled mechanism for moving the hammer from its iii-ing position and automatically causing it torotate with a step-by-step pawl and ratchet movement and spring controlled means for moving the hammer on its tiring stroke when free of said trigger controlled mechanism. y 8. In a gun, the combination of a cylindrical hammer pivotally mounted for movement to and from l a firing position, said hammer mounted for rotary movement about an axis intersecting the axis of its pivotal movement and havin on the side thereofa plurality of recesses orming therebetween a plurality of firing points and trigger controlled mechanism for movin the hammer from its `ring position an automatically causing it to rotate vwith a step-by-step movement. 9. In a as gun the combination of a plurality 'o tiring pins, a spring actuated hammer mounted for rocking movement about a pivotal mounting, said hammer including a pin engaging barrel mounted for rotary movement about its axis in addition to its rocking movement, said axis extending at right angles to the axis about which the hammer rocks, and said barrel provided with means to successively engage the ring pms. Signed atl N. Y. city, in the county of New York and State of New York this 22d day of July A. D. 1924. JOSEPH W. KARNER, JR.

Description Patented Sept. 3, 1912. 7 SHEETS-SHEET l. R. GRBUZBAUB', DBGD. H. H. 0. ORBUZBAUB & @.LUNxVIIOHOLB, EXEOUTORS. v MOTOR. v APPLICATION FILED JULY 7, 18.88. Wtuesses: R. GREUZBAUR, DEGD. H. M. ew o. OBBUZBAUR & G. o. NIoHoLs, EXBoUToRs. 'I SHEETS-SHEET Z. llllllll/llll/l/l/ll/ll Patented Sept. 3, 1912. ` APPLICATION FILED JULY 7, 1888. Inventar z wwlhfless'esk R. CREUZBAUR,' DEGD. H. M. (J. GREUZBAUB. n G. G. NIGHOLS, EXEOUTORS. MOTOR. APPLICATION FILED JULY 7, 1888. 1,037,842, Patented Sept. 3, 1912'. 7 SHEETS-SHEET 3. Fig-8 i A31 ITwentm z R. GREUZBAUR, DECD. H. I. a o. oBnUzBAUB a a. o. NIoHoLs, nxBoUTong. l nrmonloxliggg JULY 7, laas. `1 ,037',842. Patented Sept 3,1912. 'l SHEETS- SHEET 4.' J @Q oo. G O O A@ o o No oo. o. Y 9W ...No 0. mm om, om .....-.m w E mm. u m w www# f www. Q L m. Mmmm a ww. Q @N o q @N 5u o d 2r H Wtnesses z n/ w j wm. M , R. 'CREUZBAUR, DEGD. E. M. a o. GBLUZBAUR L G. o. NIoHoLs, LxLoU'roRs. ' MOTOR. APPLICATION HLLD JULY 7, 188s. 7 SHEETS-SHEET 5. s 1,037,842. y Patented Sept. 3, 1912. o n o o Witnesses Inventm' R. CREUZBAUR, DECD. n. M. am o. oREUzBAUR a G. 0.1noHoLs, BxEoUToBs. A MOTOR. 1,037,842. APPLICATION :FILED JULY 7, 1888. Patented Sept, 1912. '1 SHEETS-SHEET e. /Vimesses: V a @am H. u. a: o. OBBUZBAUR a G. o. NICHOLS, nxnoUToBs. . MOTOR.' ' APPLIGATION FILED JULY 7, .1588. ' Panentedvsept. s, 4191.2. 'l SHEETS-SHEET 7.' Invenbm To all whom it may concern.' UNITED STATES' PTENToFFrcn; N nonnn'r cnnuznaun, oivniwv Yoan, N.' Y.; HELEN M. Cnnvznaun' Nncannxii'i cnnUznaUn, ois-.BROOKLYN Naw 'ironia .um einen c. NIcnoLs, c1fNnw' Yonx, N. r., nxncu'rons or SAID nonnnr cnnuznann, nllzcriaalni'` KOTOR. Be it known that I, ROBERT CREUZBAUR, 'a citizen of the United States, residing inv the city of New York, in the county ofKings and Stateof NewYork, have invented eertain new and useful Improvements in Motors; and Ido hereby declare the followin to be a full, clear, and eizact description o the. invention, auch as will lenable others skilled in the art'to which. it pertains to make and 'use it, reference being had to the accompanying drawings,l lwhich form partof this specication. i y My invention relates to that class of motors in Which a constant mass of elastic fiuid is alternately heated and'cooled with corresponding increase and decrease of ita` pressure or volume or both during each cycle of the working piston motion, such different pressures acting constantly upon such piston without an intervening valve; no exhaust ofv such fluid taking place.' The type of Such, motor is'best illustrated by the Stirling 'air engine as patented bvtJamesStirling and. by Robert shining ai 1816, 1827 and 1840'. The main in'iprovement herein described isthis: Intlie said Stirling motor the elastic working ymedium used is shifted.. from the hot to the cool end yof itscontaining vessel, and vice versa, by areciprocating'displacer. Whereas in the motor herein described the elastic medium auch asair or steam, is so shifted by means of a rotating displacer, the. Amotor being modied accordingly, thereby` gaining great advantage. I attain my objectiby the mechanismillustrated in the accompanying drawings in which` i" i#Figures 1 and. 2 are vertical cross-sections .at right angles to each other of a `'sin le act-` ing motor, Figi centrally through ig.2g and Fig. 2 along the line 2-f2 Fig. l1. Fig. 3* is a horizontal section along theflnef--fol Fig. 1. The Figs. 1 2 and 3l represent. a motor for small power, in which the heating and cooling parte are made integral; Where-A as in the constructions represented by all the other figures,\.they are made separately With non-conducting packing between them. Figs. 4; and 5. are nearly central A#Elections at right. angles tofeach other, representing one type of a double motor.' Fig. 6 .isa vertical central section of another type of-l duble acting. motor driving a .,punip.. 6" .is ' Specincation of Letters P'atent. Application am my 7, isss. serial 'Na 328.345 .a transverse section along the BNIB-....61 Fig. 6. Fig. 7 represents a cap'iised inf pincel of the p uinp, when the Inotor is doing 'other-.2 r-work. Fig. S, is a Vertlcl section `ittflfiglltl Patented sept. 3,1912; langles to Fig. 6 along the. line 8-8. Fisgf, '9, 10,111 and 12 show details oftheregu-- lating vessel A, upon a scale double that of `the last five figures; Fig. 9 being a v.partial-.f ycross-section along the linel 9er-.8 tFig; 15, Fig. 10 a horizontalplanA along the linel L10-l0 Fig. 11,-Fig. 11` -avertica'L section' along the line 11?.-11 Figfl.; and 12,' ja vertical central sectionalongvytlieldine' 'l2-12 Fig. 10. Fig. 13 is a-vertical seeti'onj .ing` in the direction in icated. bythe arrows.; front parts beinghroken away to. show the internal construction with' a modicatien of Lthe cover of the regulator Ag'. Fig. .14' is a` horizontal section along the-line 14-14 Fig. 8, and a plan view o f the parts below that Iline. -The-m'otors represented -by Figs. 6,.. "8, 13, and 14 are arranged with a weten .jacket -arondthe` cooling parta for use: 'withir as theprincpal or as a large partei fthe elastic Working medium, Figs. y15, 18,. v.20, 21 and 22 represent double acting motors in whichsteam isthe only or the principal. elastic working medium insed, no water Yjackets being in that case' required for .the coolin y parts. Fi 15j is an. elevation. l.with ront parts bro en awayto show,part,r Ioit ythe internal construction and partlyA in;` section, the regulator A being out along the,` A line 15-15 Fig. 20, showing its modification .when uscd in a double acting motor and with. ,steamas the Werking medium. WFig.: 16 is a. kcap to the working cylindengused when'no pump is attached v section along ythe line 17. 17;F1g,.8 show ing the construction of thegas burning .de-, 1 air tothea doubleV vice used, and ot the tubes feedin san'ie. Fig. 18 isan elevation o Fig.`r 17 is .a horizontal acting steam motor .driving n. pump, wt-hthe tion.. In moved, and a cap, shown inf.seet1on is at taohed over the-,end ,ot the. shaft, af zontal crossseetion of .stuffing box Fig, v1.8.. FigQisahonizontal section along the ag planet such )a work may be done. Similar letters and figures refer to similar parts throughout the several views. A is the regulating vessel, B, B the chamber in which the elastic medium, generally air or steam, is -heated and cooled, Bbeing the heatingV part, and B the cooling part. C, C are the rotating displacers, D is the power-piston and E its cylinder. F i's the gas burner-pipe. G, G are pipes feeding heated air gas-burner. His the fire-gas, or exhaust or smokepipe; I is a jacket more or less surrounding the regulator A through which jacket the lire-gases can be made to pass, after having done their duty in the motor. K is a lubricating-chamber under pressure. L is a lagging, or air space or other nonconductor of heat. M is asbestos or other packing obstructing the passage of heat. tothe The-motor represented by'Figs. l, and 3,' is single acting and of the simplest form. The chamber B, B is a horizontal cylinder its upper coolin part B being cast in one piece with its Iower heating part B, the chamber being open on the left, closed by a cylinder cover I), upon which the lubricatingchamber K may be formed integrally. The chamber in this modification of my invention, as well as in the others herein referred to, corresponds in shape to the shape of the Irotary displacer so that said displacer will act in relation to the chamber so as to cause the vapor to be heated in one part of the rotation and expanded in another whereby The working-cylinder E opens directly into cylinder B, B and may be cast in one .piece with it, together with regulating chamberA. The piston D is made long enough to'give guiding surface, and is arranged to travel close kdown tothe path of the displacer C, which rotates in the heating and cooling-chamber B, B', its inner end-face being concave correspondingly so as to reduce the clearance between the piston and the dis lacer to a minimum. The displaoers C, are cylinders, cutaway at the periphery as shown at C, soas to form a space or pocket for the working air or steam.l This cutting away of the periphery of the displacers may be done with a straight or concave contour, instead of the convex contour shown. vIn addition to the cutting away of the periphery, the ends may also be'cut away as shown in Fig. l and dotted in Fig. 2, whereby the bulk of steam or air isexposed to a greater heating or cooling surface.. If air or steam could be heated or cooled instantly, the center of the cut-awa portion of the displacer, operating as ,ind1- cated by the arrow, might 1n a single acting engine stand at the right Fig. 2, at rightangles to the connecting rod, the piston being at the upper end' of its stroke as represented. But as it takes an appreciable time for the air to heat or cool, lead is given to the cut-away part C5 of the displacer. The required lead of the displacer is from 60 to 70o for air and considerably less for steam, which, if saturated or cloudy, is far more rapid in taking ulp or surrendering heat. When the working-cylinder E opens directly into the chamber B, B with direct connection between the piston D and the displacer by connectino rod d, the displacer' has to be constructed in two parts C, C so that the parts C, C of the displacer are connected by crank pin N, and are rigidly kept apart at the proper distance, either by the end-taper of pin N as in Fig. l or by the shoulders upon the pin N as in Fig. 6, or by a separate sleeve surrounding pin N and forming such shoulders, not shown; such sleeve constituting the working-surface of the crank-pin, thus readily renewed. The two end-nuts a, n, keep the two pieces C, C, rigidly in place. The sleeve n1 has a free working it upon pin N and is rigidly attached to Ithe connecting rod d, by shrinking the latter upon the same. The sleeve n1 mayA be split on one side as -shown in Fig. 2, or on both sides, so that the wear may be taken up. The con necting rod d, is made thin, so as to reduce the dead space between the displacers C, C tions C, C left free by the rod, to the opening required for giving free passage for the air .or steam to and from the piston. The lower part of the piston is slotted as shown in Fig. 2, to give free play for the oscillations of the rod al, the slot being preferably formed upon a chill in casting it. The connectingrod d is rigidly attached to wrist-pin P, P which oscillates with it. This pin is made lin three parts. Its left-hand end P has a due working tit in the piston, its right hand end, -formed integral 4with it, is reduced to a core P screw threaded upon the outer end. At .the junction of P and P', the latter may be 'enlarged to form a square seat for rod d; or the rod-seat maybe round, a key P2 Figs. 1e -2 and 8 confining the rod rigidly upon t pin. A sleeve P3, of equal diameter and working surface with part P, abuts upon the lrod d, and is firmly forced home upon. the Asame by an annular nut I" of an outside diameter and finish equa] to that of P and P3. `Otherwise the piston D may be formed and packed in any usual way. f In Fig. 1 each of the displacers Cl is cast V lo@ v is" .zal , 'oolatesfthrough-tho-.same totheshaft. The mer-,sea integrally. .with a 'Shaft ma o', which sled-1 missible when the chamber. B, IBfis. open at the end. AThe'right shaft end-Q works in la sleeve-boxy @which mayibefse arate or may in cheap `machines be forme in i one' piece with end-cap R. Tokeep this -j'ournal cool, aswell as partiallyto cut oil theV passage of, heat from the shell 'of heating chamber 'B to" the shell of the cool-i-ng-chamber` B', a.' sleeve .1', lof heat obstructing-. material1 inten. B, .B1'.*The"left' hand shaft end Q, upon which the -ly andfiband Wheel` is vmounted works in the loose?. inside bearing sleeve .S and the other .smiling-box." ca S?, packing S2, intervening. `The shaft 5,. cated,-o1`i; ftheyright the -usual wa through as-eup, and `on the left throng v lubricating'fluid inf the reservoir Krenn i municating with-'.Bgil?,A through opening K1,- so that -thepressure in chamber B B'1 is constantly acting upon-:the fluid inthe res'q ervoir K; f Thislubricating'fluid is in contact with the.:porous: .pack1ng S, and perf common packingpmaybe separated midway gives to the fluid amorez'free admission to yits way through the intervening packing` diminishing .its,pressure,' before itcan reach the -fluidinthe wire coil, which is liquid. Furthermore vit has. `been' dis`eovered that when lubricating oil is confined the friction is reduced considerably, a still better ef'ect beingI produced by having it under'pressur'e, as herein provided for and shown in Fis 4&1 and 6.f vThis sealing andlubricating' is prevented :troniv escaping` along thefshaft by packing yS2 in Fig. 1and'pack1ng Kal-andA StinnFig. 6.' The space T labove piston Dis a (mshion-chamber` which is in free commu- Isoflnioationl with the cylinder-space under the piston, through channel t and portt-when the piston is at its extremeupward. position," port t being'ftheni uncovered, fbut.I at all other times covered-by the'fpistom l i. vCushio'n-char'nb'er T lis 'in communication, 'throughiport t, witli'fthe upper` part a of regulatorgA, a' valve a" opening upt'vafrdlyl intervening `betweeny 'the upper chamber a and.V lower chamber A/.vz From chamber ffA a channel a2 leadsupward into the open air; and when steam isused in the motor isl i covered-by a weightedgcap as, the weight-of whiohftogetherwlth the relative capaoIty-of' fchamberjT to' Jrhe displacemento'thepis- 'es ton vvregulatestnerpressure within ythe motor,A venes between box-sleeves g,- andfthe outside' bearing shell formed integrally .with the` heating and cooling'- shell `of thel chamber.- by a small coil of corrugated wire S8, which"` 'the-shaft "The pressure `11p/on the lubricate ing' huid-'through opening K1,.prevents leak-A age 'of the elastioworking' 1.lluid alongfthes aft,4 asv the .Huid in the .wire-coil SB is. under the same-pressure and etl'ectuallyseals in the fluid in-themotor, .which has to forcefbe` regulated in a similar manner. vimotor Figs. .1, 2 and 3 is arranged for use the means for heating the motdr being correspondingly proportioned and' 'regulated as hereinafter described; g s .U Figa-1 is a pistonrod which, when the rnoto-r .1s-used for 'pumpin passes out throughzistulling Ibox-tt an 1 connects di rectlylz'with'ithevpump piston-as shown. in Fig.. 6; the .pump boincq lsupported by three pillars U2 'I `igs. 1.9.11. 15.- The re ulator chamber. A l1s nearly is'urrounded y the 'jaolteti Figs. 1 and '3,.fthrough which more =.or less escaped tire-gasesarecaused tovpass, yas indicatediby the arrows, according to the position.v of the butterfly-valvel V, which l .maybe automaticallygoverned as below described. 'v f v:The-rnottni.is heated bygas, whichenters through pipe f, intov plpe F,f.the :entrance being arranged asa Bunsenburner, the suction throughl the'central'pipe ffdrawing air 46.23 '1"is's'mixture-ota1r andigas passes through-.the upper halffofpipe F to its extreme'. end, Where it entersthe lower half of pipe-F :and issues out of a number `of jet .holes '1,a1fFigs'. 2". and 17. The flames issuingI from -the-jet-holes around pipe F, heat the-ges therein on its.I way -tothejet openings. v@'.ihezf-two airpipes G, Gr-take in air, 'preferably at both ends, as shown'at one 95 end in: Fi 17.v This air passes along the loutsi'deha vesof the pipes G as indicated bythearrows becoming heated during vits passage through the pipe. Near the center the air enters the inside halves of the pipes, 'as shown: and issues at jet-holes 2, 2min- -with steam'as the medium for producing the power'and operates as follows. The chamber 'A'.of Vthe regulatonA.v is filled Withwaterfthrough ehannelu about to the height shown. i'lffhefflges being `mlmittedtoburner 14" is ignited, .the valve Visv closedso that all the escepefre-gases'aremade to Atravel throughithefgjacket I; around-.the regulator A, sof as tio/rapidly heat the' water and prolduce steam. icorresponding tothe ,weight of cap o, the motor acquiring the required temperatures-.while .the {inecessaryl steam is .forming-'in the regulator A.. The drainage. plu X, 'to .the rightigc` .1, at. the bottom Voliztl e: heating .vesslff:-B,11-beingwithdrawn, the v'air iri fthe motor, l hea'vier thanzisteam, ' is established in A and T. Assuming motor the piston being placed into its uppermost position. When air and condensedwater cease to issuey through the drain-hole X, the water being preferably carried off by an inserted tube,-plug X is replaced. The working steam may be made more stable by retaining t-he air in chamber B, B, instead of allowing it to escape by the removal of drainage-plug X. Insuch a case greater refrigeration can be applied to the cooling section B', and the refrigerating medium vmay be water, as with an engine worked with air perse; the temperature of the water being regulated to obtain the best results by cont-rolling the amount of water passing over the cooling surfaces as below described, diminishing it to increase its 'temperature and vice versa. The gas-flames pass to the left, Fig. l and rise as indicated by the arrows, through two openings dotted in Fig. 2, into the iues g, g, which are studded with heat-pegs, uni-ting in chamber g and escaping by smoke-pipe H. Thus far thesteam in the motor is of the pressure corresponding to the weight of cap a3 only. Motion being now given to. the fly-wheel, the piston descends, closing port t and enlarging the space T, with corresponding lowering of the pressure therein.y In consequence the valve a opens, and steam from space Av of the regulator enters space T, until equilibrium the pressure in chamber-A to be 18 lbs., that in chamber T being the same while the piston is in its lowest position, and assuming the displacement of the piston to be twice the capacity. of space T when the' piston is up the pressure in T will be nearly 3x18 or 54 lbs., just before t is uncovered by the piston. That post t being then uncovered, the steam in spaceT will rush into the space below the piston, thereby depleting the space T, so that duringthe next descent of the" piston more steam will pass from space A through valve a into space T; and soon, untll the pressure under t-he piston, when .in its uppermost position, is equal to the pressure above the, piston at the time port t is uncovered by it, which under the above assumption would be 54 lbs. When the piston is in its uppermost position, it has just completed its working stroke, therebyI depleting the steam under it of corresponding heat.; and as the steamv has then also expanded into its maximum space, the presis down, the steam has been compressed into its minimum space, and has been heated by being hurled by centrifugal force against the lower hot surfaces; it therefore has then about its maximum pressure. VWhile the minimum pressure` under the piston remains at 54 lbs. the steam in space T above the piston will rise and fall between 54x18 lbs., without delivering any steam through port t and without receiving any from space A. But as soon' as the minimum pressure below the piston falls below about 54 lbs., steam will again pass through space T as described.- Instead of a port t', covered and uncovered by the piston, a valve may be placed at any point 1n a channel t leading from the space `above the piston to the space below the piston such valve opening toward the latter space, as. shown and described in my Patent Number 623,137, dated April 18, 1899. `When the pressure in chamber A rises above that corresponding to the weight of cap a3, the latter will rise until the steam finds'vent through the lateral small ports a* therein. This motor Figs. 1, 2, and 3, on account of the resistance of the air or steam in chamber T, requires an abnormally heavy flywheel. This may be obviated by converting such a motor into a double-acting machine, as here below .described, in various forms. This single acting motor may be o erated for small power and particularly wit air, without regulator A, and with the space T above the piston open to the atmosphere. i Figs. 4 and 5 represent a double acting motor with rotating displacers, which may be bracketedtoa wall, with its working cylinder in a vertical osition, or bolted to the iloor, vwith the cylinder in a horizontal position; the two figures being central sections at right angles to each other. ,The piston D is coupled to the divided displacer C, C, as above described with referenceto Figs. 1 and 2. The oppositely located displacerC', C receives motion from shaft Q, .through three gear-wheels 3, 4, and 5 the wheel 3 being keyed to shaft Q, and the wheel 5 to shaft 6, xedly attached to displacer C', the middle -wheel 4. revolving upon a stationary stud 7. iThese gear Wheels are inclosed bythe casing 8. This motor 1s represented as being heated by steam entering through pipe 13. The condense wa-- ter may escape through the pipe 9 if the motor 1s a small one and located horizontally. Otherwise a special outlet for the condense-water is provided (not shown). Steam. being the heating medium, it has to be at a high ressure to obtain a high temperature of t e same in case the steam is also the working .medium used with the motor. When bisulid of carbon, or any other suitable substance of low boilin point is Vused as the working medium o the motor, exhaust steam from some other englne; or steam at a low or atmo heric pressure .may be used asa medium or heating the motor;the direct application of a coal-lire being impracticable. or heating bisuld of carbonv and similar vapor forming subing steam surrounds points. Such lheatthe central heating part of the motor, occupying jacket 10, which is insulated from the cooling parts 11, 11located lou opposite ends, by insulating packing` 12. Alf air is the medium used stances of low boiling, with the motor, with agas orlcoal furnace 'to heat its eentralpart or jacket 10, water through the end-jack-v would be circulated ets 11,11, entering at 13 and escaping -at 14. Either the .inlet 13 or the outlet 14 is provi-ded with a cock adapted to control the amount-of Water passing through the jacket -11, a reduction of the iiow increasing the pling the displacer C to thepiston D, by a `connect-ing rod d; the displaeer in that case also made in two par-ts. But ' par-ts B,-B thereof' being cast in one in one vpiece clamped by a set shown, .upon the this construction is faulty. in so far as such connecting-rod may stick -u on the dead point, or turn in the wrong irection, locking the motor. Figs. 6 to '14 inclusive represent a double acting motor, specially arranged as an airmotor, but also applicable as a steam-motor.` The modiiic-ationsapplied t-o this motor, as compared to Figs. 1, 2, are as follows: There are two cooling and heating chambers B, B the -two heating parts B, B'thereof being cast i-n one piece, and the two cooling ieee; the tw-o pieces being'separated by-as estos packing M; The' working cylinder E .is placed over one oftheSe chambers B, B in this ease over the left hand chamber: There are two corresponding one being formed in two to admit of the passage of the rod (Z, which cou-ples it to the piston D; and thc right one screw, as shaft 16, upon which shaft the nearest half of the left hand displacer is tixedly keyed, the cut away porti-ons C the two dispiacere beiner 180,0 from cach other. Between the twodispiacere the shaft 1G passesthrough bearing box 17 prefer-` v ably in two halves Fig. 6*, adj-usted for wear by setscrews 18. The raised col-lar upon box 17 abuts endwise against the casting, therebyI obstructing leakage. .This journal is oiled thro-ugl-i a tube 19 screwed into the casting, with a passage for the oil tothe shaft as-shown in Fig. 6. The `lubricating flu-id in chamber K, under pressure through port Kas named, flows to the shaft Q, through opening Kantl is confined within the split bearing boxS, on the inside by metal-packing rings parts, one C next being an annular 'piece C3 movable rotathe same by a set-screw placer -lead is thus made. adjustable. C being as an air-motor, awater chamber displacers the left? parts as deserzibed,` through KB and on the outside by packing S2 confined by gland-AS. Wear f QOPY in the box S is taken up by the set-screw K4 accessible by the removal of cap-screw K5. As the lead of the cut away parts C5 of the displacers should-not be the same with air and withsteam the displaeers are made rotatively adjustable Wlth relation to the crank N. To this end each half of the left hand displaeer is made in two concentric to the shaft, and the other ,and clamped upon C4. The cutaway portion C5 upon the perpher of the disbeing upon thls annu ar` piece, its The setscrew which confines-the right hand displacer to the shaft, is a ready means for adjusting the lead ofthis displacer to correspond to that of the other, therefrom. The dis lacers are preferably balanced in every irection, as shown in Figs. 6 and 8, and so that when adjustable forlead as described the core-piece C2 is balanced within itself, and the annular piece tively upon the piece C2, 'C3 is bal-ancedwithin itself as shown 1n `ig. 8. These displacers may be formed as heavy as their perfect balance will allow so as to serve las a y-wheel. Wherrused 20, jacket- 'infr the cooling parts is necessary. Through this jacket the water passes onits way to they pump 21 Figs. 6 and 8 4 Fig. 13 showsV a .transverse section of jacket 2O,l Fig. 1X1-showing a 4plan view of the same,.22 lbeing an air chamber, 23 a hand hole, 24 the inlet of the water, and 25 the -outlet leading to the ump 21. The course that is 180 of the Water e reversed, passing through the .'acket after passing through the pump. hen used as a steammotor no water. passes vthrough the jacket, and su cient access is'giv-en forthe passa-ge of the .outside air into thejaeket to ecol'the parts sufficiently. In` Fig. 6 the regulator A tis arranged for air as the Ame ium used in 'the motor. Its cap 25 is provided with a-n inlet a2 which water may be introduced into 'cham'- .ber A', this waterpassing through an annular lip pending from the cover 25', to which a `fibrous lor other curtain 26 is attached, so aste dip intothe water, as shown. The en` tering air will consequently have to travthrough i erse this moist curtain 26, as indicated by the arrows, to reach the outlets'27, 27 from chamber A', one of vwhich' outlets is dotted in Fig. 6 and both are .shown 1n 14.. rom -,each outlet 27, the air passes a. tube 28 to a check-valve 29, the the left, Fi v8, feeding into the beownthe piston and one on working cylinder theother'above'the piston D, as follows: In a double-acting motor the-chamber above the Working-pistoni) is' notavailable for a pressure reinforcing chamber. Therefore an Figs. 13 and auxiliary air-co1`npressing cylinder 30 piston 31 are used. Assuming the minimum pressures above and below piston D to be 45 lbs., and the pressure in the space A to be that of the atmosphere or about 15 lbs. and the air at that pressure to be compressed above and below piston 31 to 45 lbs., then: In the position of piston D shown in Fig. 8, the air above piston 31, of 45 lbs. pressure, is in communication, through channel 32 and port t just uncovered by piston D, with the air below the piston, then about at its minimum pressure, as explained with reference to Figs. 1, 2 and 3. If that pressure is below 45 lbs., air will flow from above piston 31 to below piston D. Upon the said pistons 31 and D having then reached their lower positions, the air above piston `31, thus depleted, will have a pressure below 15 lbs., causing valve29I to open, and air to pass through it from the regulator-space A,- ' temperature. , that purpose curved V*steam motor, with a nary thermostatic trap being suitable. I um the and sue Y', d the port t being then covered by piston D. In the lower position of the pistons 31 and D, the latter will have uncovered port t2. If the pressure above piston D is then below 45 lbs., air will pass from below piston 31 through channel 51, and through port t2, to the cylinder-space above piston D; and so on. The purpose of the waterin regulator space A which moistens the air as named, is to give to the air greater capacity and rapidity for absorbing and rejecting heat and to increase its pressure at a given This etfect can be increased by more or less heating the water in space A, by turning the fire-gases through jacket I, as above described. Channel 33 connects the workingspacef above pistonA D,.with the right hand heating and cooling chamber B, B. A cock 34 serves to regulate the speed of the motor, or to stop the same, by contracting or closing channel 33. For the purpose of keeping the bearings ofthe shaft cool, they are in corporatod in the upper cooling casingB, the Hanges ofthe upper and lower casings, and the intervening packing M, being for downwardly as shown in Figs. 6a, 13 and 21, whereby the heating surface is a little reduced. Each heating and cooling chamber B, B its lowest pointwith a drainage cock X Fig. 6, or in place thereof and when useu as a steam-trap, any ordihe motor is represented as being heated by gas ame like Figsul and 2. It may be heated by coal, a suitable furnace being substituted for the purpose; or 1n any other 'i manner.. The bulk of the h left, land rises through opening Yv Fig. 6 ividing therein into osit'e directions end passingtoward the .jzg .ri-g t throughthe two side lues Y2,Y2 Fi 8,;into the en d line Y? Fig. 6, making their is provided at l of through jacket I; and gas flame or furnace fire is eat passes to the and j exit through the central outlet Y4 into are heat-pegs traversing the lues, land connecting the walls forming the fines, whereby the hea-t transmitted tothe outer-walls thereof and to the pegs, iscarried to the inner walls and transmitted to the motor as a steam-motor, the cap 39, Fig. 13 is substituted for cap 25 Fig. 6, a shown in Fig. 15, closing the opening a, as in Fig. 1. This is arranged so as to automatically control the pressure in chamber A, by causing that pressure to more or less close damper V Figs. 1, 6, and 15, as follows: A hat shaped rubber-packing 40 Fig. 13, closes the sleevellkeopening in the cap 39. The flange of the hat-packing 40 is confined between cap 39 and a flange formed upon vthe inverted U frame 42 as shown in Fig. 13. Or the ca 39 and the iiange upon U frame may merged into one piece, as shown in Fig. 12, wherein the rubber piece 40 packs the cap 39 also. The plunger 43 fits loosely into said hat-shaped packing 40, its upper end being guided in the upper end of shown. A beam 44 fulcrumed in the slot formed in by a pin 45 the short end of the beam Figs. 14 and 15, being pivoted upon a stud 46 formed upon, or attached tocap 39', and the end of the long arm of beam 44 is pivoted by a pending rod 46a Fi formed upon the stem o? valve .V, as shown in Figs. 14 and 15. The plunger-stem 43 is screw threaded above its slotted part, upon which threads a. nut 47 which may be screwed higher or lowe A spiral'spring 48, which surrounds the plunger-stem, abuts, above against the end of frame 42, and below upon nut 47, thereby bearing the'plunger downwardly with afforce increased or decreased by screwing nut 47 up or down. Thus the pressure in chamber A which acts against the rubber-cup' 40 and the plunger 43,-when greater than the force of the spring 48 which bears down upon the plunger, causes the free endof beam 44 to rise accordingly, opening valve V wider, and thus allowing more ofthe furnace gases to pass straight up the smoke-pipe, H, instead vice versa. In motors applied to varying power, the regulated by the ire-gases aps-repplunger 43, temperature of the escape resented in Fig. 6. There are various methods for causing a change in temperature to produce ymechanical motion. I prefer the method shown. A thermostatic spring' 76 in spiral form is fixed at one end in the flue fluid. When used cap 39 with its attachments 15 to a short arm' Figs. 12, 14, 15 and 18, is l lII=at"77 `and its other end is .fastened to the spindle v7-8., which is journaled so 'as to traverse thesmoke-pipe las shown, and has an ann 79 aliixed to it on the' outside,`romthe end of-whioh a link() connects to thehandle of the-gas-'cock 81,-so that whenithe spindle 7 8 isrevolved by thespiral '16,.th'e gas-cock will be turned thereby reducing `or increasing the. amount or' gas burned, as the case mayrequire. If a coal furnace is used, thennn 79"wourld be coupled to the damper which controls the draft 'of the fur' nace. Insteadof the thermostatic .spring lbeing coiled it may be designed as shown in Fig.- .18, where the upper end of the double leaf-spring istixeid and the lower end is free to movie-vertically, `and is attached by y-li-nk 80 tothe gas-cock handle, an increase in temperature will cause the spring 82ftohe. 'moved into' the shape shown in a dotted ling, thereby drawing` up its lower end, ltogether :with=link80., with a correspondmgmovement of the method used. gas cock. rthe movement mayfbe taken from the central curved part of the-spring r82 in the direction of the arrow, the lower -end at the spring rising vertically. And other methods based upon the same principle maybe applied-the circumstances governing the selection oi"-A the The piston-md 4e nig. e, which is ax'ediy i attached to the top of piston D, as shown, I sa i l:sa passes through stuiing-box 50, and carries airiston 31, which then passes' through stu tgl-box 52, and carries the pump-piston its piston l53 are removed and theremai'ning spaces B, piston-rod is .housed by cap 54 Fig. 7, 'which takes the place of the pump-barrel and of -the disk vembodying stuing-box 52. .Figslland 18 represent motors arranged principally with steam and other condenslable vapors. The water jacket 20, and the air compressing-'cylinder 30 Fig. 8', are omitted; and the steam formed in regulator.l lA is `caused to )ips ,"t'nnittingV tubes 28, channels l '32 and 51,.'7a`ndtportst and ,t2 Figs. 8,13 ' lchannel 57 leadingFas shown in Figs. 9 and 'and 14, .asffollowsz Betwcenthe cylinder `A anditseap 39gtlie're is intermediate/cap 55,'lFigs.-'11-,`=12, 1:5, wherein two-check valves 5'6- arel'lo'cate'djFigs, `11, 12 and 20 each of which connectsr with a channel -57 cast in the mus nf chamber Mannini-hand channel 57 leading directly into cooling chamber B on the right Fig. 15, 'andthe left Vhand 15 and dotted in igsyie and 2c, into' the. 'left chamber B. -In this case the pressure effectof the vcheck-val to the desired minimum pressure 'in the chambers B, B. Ass iming thepressure in chamber A to be s., and the minimum pressure in the in chamber i must be ual (harring'the right-hand chamber B to have fallen to .40` henno pump is used, the pump' and` s directly into the cooling' lbs. theother chamber B remaining at 4.5 chamber A .under it, allowing steam from the latter to pass through the valve and through the right-hand channel 57 Fig. 15 into the chamber B. The same act-ion takes lbs., the right-hand valve 56 Figs. 12 and 2'@ will be forced open by the pressure inplace with the left-hand valve 56 and its `channel 57, whenever the `ressure of the corresponding chamber B allsk below that of the regulating chamber A. Both Figs. 15..-and 18 repr ient motors arranged for pumping water. 1n. Fig. 15 the pump-barrel and its piston are removed, the piston-rod being housed by cap 54. The pump is supported by pillars U2, U2, so that the stuffing-boxes `and 52 are accessible. Both these smiling-boxes may be omitted 'when the pump is not in use,- by using cap 58Fi'g. 16, which forms the cover for cylinder E, and houses the nod 49, In Fig. 18 'two'stuifing boxes 50 and 52 Fig. 15 are merged into one, 'whereiny the acklng is set up by four set-screws 59, which "crowd the packing sidewise against each other, and lengthwise along the rod, as well as in the line of` their-advance, the `shell of the box being tapered, as shown in Fi s. '18.and 19, to facilitate the crowding of t e packing in the Adirect-ions named. The pumping mai chine, Fig. 18 is so arranged, that afterthe motor'is set into motion by a starting bar clasping shaft Q, or \by a temporary flywheel, the protrudingl Vend of shaft Q, is capped by cap G0, whereby all leakage is the same as a'. rcommon steam-engine is to its boilers; suchconnecting pipes in this motor being 'madeas sho-rt as practicable to avoid unnecessary dead-s aces, wherein the Huid remains inactive.' uch separate location of the cylinder/is particularly applicable in motors of large power, wherein four or more heaters and coolers supply one working piston. Such a motor is represented in Figs. 21 and 22, wherein the left-hand vessel B is connected to and feeds the lower end of a working-cylinder E^by channel 6l; and the right-hand vessel B 4is vconnected toand feeds the upper end ofcylinder E by 'channel 62 whereinl a speed regulating valve is located controlled by hand-wheel 6 3. The displacers inithe twovess'elsB, B receive motion through'r'od, which couples their cranks 65, with the engineico crank 66 upon the main shaft 67, this shaftl receiving motion by the two return connecting rods, 68, {38, 69 being the wrist pins, 70 the cross head, 71 the piston-rod, and 72, 72 the cross-head guides. The guides may be preferably duplicated, one pair being placed close to each of the wrist-pins. T3 is a pillow-block, 74, 74 are shaft-bearings, and 75, 75 are braces. These heating and cooling vessels B, B may be extended endwise, or several of them may be connected endwise; and they may be located'two or more on each side of the cylinder E, the coupling-rod 64 in that case connecting four r l or more cranks 65 to the main crank 66. As to the power practically attainable, an estimate based upon well established data, shows that two heating and cooling drums seven feet in diameter and 15 feet long, will produce about 1460 horse power-four such drums producing nearly 3000 H. P. V As the displacers, like a piston of a usual steam-engine, are alternately exposed to both the heating and cooling surfaces during every revolution, it is preferable to coat themA with a non-radiating and non-conducting surface such as enamel; or they may be coated with, or formed of papier mch or other material serving that purpose. It is more important that the material or coating of the displacers be non-radiators of heat, than non-conductors, particularly as thefcentrifugal force imparted to the elastic {iuid diminishes its pressure upon the displacer. A non-exhaust-motor of this nature presents great facilities for perfect lubrication, which is made more permanent and is'preserved from caking and incrustations by mixing with the working fluid a lubricating material which is neutral to the lfluid andunaifected. by heat such as fine graphite, soap-stone, or flour of sulfur, according tov the elastic motor-Huid used. The `ad vantages ofsuch a rotary displacer'as compared to a reciprocating displacer are: Greater simplicity of mechanism. Greater facilities for housing and protecting the operating parts. A greater number of revolutions in a giventime under equal conditions, which -is largely favored by the centrifugal ,force imparted tothe elastic iuid use d by the revolving displacers, such force causing the fluid to strike the surfaces with corresponding impact, which greatly adds to the rapidity with which heat is absorbed and surrendered. Furthermore the displacers perform the additional duty of acting as tlv-wheel. It is not a peremptory condition that the heating parts be below and the cooling parts above. But with a condensable working medium such as steam, it is preferable to arrange the relative location of the cold and hot parts as represented, so that the condense;water, when the motor is not in operation or `at any time, will be drained into the part impinged upon by the lire with its conse uent revaporation. The specific construction of such a nonexhaust motor defore its dimensions weight, and radiating A surfaces large. If in such a motor, no heat is `abstracted by water, its economical advantages over a common steam-engine, having outside radiation, would be the saving of all the latent heat of the steam usually escaping with the exhaust, except so far as it is utilized in heating the feed-water of the boiler. bestengine about of the total heat imparted by the boiler. On the other hand, if a minimum of size and weight is the main object, the means effective pressure should be raised by extracting heat from the working fluid externally as described to any practicable extent-such heat being of course lost, andthe motor less economical accordingly. The motor, if comparatively small, is reversed by mounting the annular section C3 Fig. 9, upon the central section C2 as a loose eccentric of an ordinary steam-engine is mounted upon a crank-shaft, as shown, the fly-wheel being turned in the new direction by hand or by a bar. Or the reversingmay be done by belts in an ordinary way. Heat conveying pegs Z3 Fig. 9, may also be incorporated in the cooling part, when air is the principal working medium used. They may be applied as shown in Fig. 9; or if the cooling part is covered by a jacket, such pegs would connect the two walls ofthe jacket as shown in Fig. 6. The cock 34 located in the channel 33 leading from the right-hand Huid-chamber to the upper end of the cylinder E is automatically controlled by a usual speed governor located in the fly-wheel in the usual way; or as follows: Figs. 14 and 15 a weight '76 is loosely tted upon radial rod 77', and is pressed down toward the hub ofthe fly-wheel by spring 78', the tension of which is such that it will yield with too great a. speed. The radial motion of weight 76 is transmitted through double elbow lever 7 9 to the grooved sleeve 80 'which turns in unison with the fly-wheel and is adapted to slide freely upon t-he hub of thesame. Lever 79 is ivoted upon a bar 81 journaled in ears ormed upon the two adjacent wheel spokes; The short arms ofy elbow lever 79 are pivoted to the weight 76', with The net amount so lost is in thel in their cosines when moving up or down. The long arms en d in `buttons entered in the i left hand groove of the sleeve 80, whereby1 the latter is made to move to the left, closing tlie'cock when the' weight moves outwardly, and vice versa. rlwo links 81 are suspended by two straps 82 from a stud 33. The right hand ends of the links 81 arc pivoted to the short forked ends of. lever 84, and their left hand ends enter the right hand groove of sleeve 80, whereby they transmit the motion of the sleeve to the lever 84 which is pivoted in ears 85 Fig. 14.- on boX K. The long end of lever 84. transmits its motion by link S6 to the crank arm 87 attached to the spindle of cock 34. ' The governor described, or any other suitable construction of speed governor, may be arranged to govern the motor either by throttling the passage of fluid through a channel (as 33) between the working cylinder and heating and cooling chamber; or by opening more or less a by-pass valve in a channel communicating from one side of'. the piston to the other,so as a to reduce the differential or effective pressure tending to move the pistons, as set forthin my afore# said Patent Number 623,137. Y Having thus .fully described my invention, what I claim is- L'In a non-exhaust motor, a displacer adapted to rotate in the fluid-heating and cooling chamber of corresponding shape, whereby the displacer acts as a fly-wheel and gives centrifugal forceto the fluid, causing it to strike the heating and cooling surfaces with impact, thereby increasinglth efliciencyand speed of the motor. 2. In a non-exhaust motor, a displacer having a. depression or pocket in its periphery, and adapt-ed to rotate in the 'corre'- spending fluid-chamber, substantially as described. y 3. In a Anon-exhaust motor,'va displacer adapted to rotate, a fluid-chamber formed of a relatively hot part, and of a relatively cold part, and an intervening construction obstructing the passage of heat from the hot to the cold part. 4. In a non-exhaust motor, a rotary displacer, a'heating andcooling fluid chamber of corresponding shape so that the rotary displacer can utilize centrifugal force to throw the vapor or air contained therein against the walls of the chamber for heating and throng said fluid chamber. an opening in the cylinder for doing wor a working cylinder opening di rectly into said fluid chamber, without intervening fluid channel, and a power piston in said cylinder adapted to work close to 5'. In a non-exhaust motor, la rotary dischamber wherein the displacer is adapted to rotate, a working cylinder opening at one end directly into such chamber, a. powerpiston adapted to :reciprocate in such cylinder, a crank-pin upon said 'd1splacer, and 'a rod connecting such crank-pin to the power-piston. 6. In a non-'exhaust motor,a rotary displacer consisting of two lparts divided transversely to its axis' of rotation, acrank-pin firmly connecting the two partsa working cylinder opening directly into the chamber wherein the displacer is arranged to rotate, the power-piston, and a connecting rod joining said piston to sald'crank-pm. 7. In a non-exhaust motor, a divided ro-v tary displacer, a crank-pin connecting the two parts of the displacer, a working plston, and a connecting rod `joining' the piston to said crank-pin, such ro'd being abnormally wide in the plane of rotation, and thm 1n its axial direction, whereby a minimum of dead space is obtained between the two sections of the displacer. 8. In a non-exhaust motor, a rotary displacer formed of two sectlons connected by -a crank-pin, and a connecting rod coupledl thereto formed with a 'sleeve embracing said crank-pin.- 9. In a non-exhaust motor, a rotary dis- :placer, a fluid-chamber of corresponding shape, wherein the said displacer is adapted to rotate whereby the displacer may throw -fluids by centrifugal f'orce against the walls `of the fluid chamber, and al working cylinder opening directly into such chamber. the opposite end of such cylinder being closed against the atmosphere. . 10. In a non-exhaust motor, a rotary displacer formed of concentric sections, the central .section carrying the crank-pin2 and the annular section being formed with a cut away portion for containing the active Huid, whereby'the lead of`lsuch recess may be regulated. 11. In a non-exhaust motor, arotary displacer formed, of concentric sections, each section being rotatively balanced independently, 'so that an adjustment for lead will 'not disturb the rotative displacer. 12. In a non-exhaust motor, a power-plston and its cylinder opening directly in tol the heating and` cooling chamber, a displacer adapted to rotate in said chamber, a lcrank-pin upon said displacer, a connecting rod joining the said crank-pin to the powerchamber, of a heat jac et on said chamber equilibrium of the and heat pegsstuddmg said jacket adapted to carry heat to the inside of the fluid chamber wall, whereby the rapid extraction of heat therefrom by the centrifugalimpact, given to the fluid 'by the displacer, is pro- 5 vided for. i' 14. In a non-exhaust motor, the combination with a rotary displacer `and its fluid chamber, of a cooling jacket to such cham-4 ber, and heat-pegs studding said jacket, 19 adapted to convey heat from the inner wall of said' chamber outwardly, whereby the pressure combined with ymeans, for automatically feeding such working fluid into ahthe motoras re uired. 17. The combination with a non-exhaust` motor= com rising a workingcliamb'er, a displacer, an a .power piston, ofmeans for regulating f the fmean pressure. therein,l con- 3'5 sisting off-'asource of ii-uid at approximately uniform pressure,an'd a'passage communieating therefrom to said working chamber with an intervening valve adapted when the `miimum pressure in said working 40 chamber falls below 'said luni ormf pressure to permit-.an inflow of fluidi' f 18. In a non-exhaust Inotb'having va ro-` tary displacer, a pressure 'lating reservoir contamlng working Hui vunder an ap- ,415', proximate predetermined pressure, to ether with automatic means adapted to fee such working fluid into the motor asvrequired, substantially as described. j i 19. In 'a non-exhaust motor, two inde- 5 0 pendent heating' and cooling chambers, a '-displacerin each chamber, a double-acting power-piston with its cylinder, -`and a pressure regulating' reservoiraving means adapted to 'reinforce the respective pressures on both ends'of thevpower-pi'ston auto- 7 matically. 20. In a non-exhaust. motor having a rotary displacer, a pressure regulating reservoir, a flue arranged to carry heat to1 such reservoir, together with 'mechanism adapt- I ed to automatically feed thecontents of such reservoir into themotor, substantially as described. I 21. In a non-exhaust motor, a reservoir of working fluid, means for heating the same, vcool section of said chamber. ber bein I 'of a cooling section, with the displacer shaft and mechanism acted :upon by such fluid, whereby the mean pressure in the motor `is automatically. regulated and maintained. 22. In a non-exhaust'motor, a reservoir for supplyin lost working fluid, a furnace Vfor heating t e motor, and a passage for dizreservoir. Acapacity of such wall for absorbing heat 23. In a non-exhaust motor, a reservoir lfor supplying 'lost working fluid, a furnace for heating the motor and a passage for directing fire-gases to heat the reservoir, con1- 80 bined with a yielding diaphragm in communication with said reservoir, a lever vibrated by the movements of the diaphragm, and a damper in connection with said passage connected to the lever and adapted 8f when moved thereby to deflect more or less fire-gases into contact with the reservoir. 24. In a non-exhaust motor, the lcombination with the heating and cooling chamber, of an automatic mechanism adapted to free said chamber of surplus liquid substantially as described. 25. In a non-exhaust motor, a displacer ixedly mounted upon a shaft, a heating and cooling chamber wherein the displacer is :adapted to rotate, a heat obstructing construction intervening between the cool section and the hot section of said chamber, and bearings for said displacer shaft in the y26; In a non-exhaust motor, the combination wit-h the displacer and fiuid chamber wherein it is adapted to rotate, such chamformed of a heating section and bearings in the cooling section, of a curved joint between the two sections, whereby the heating surfaces on the sides may extend higher up than on the shaft bearing ends, thereby increasing the heating surface of vthe motor. 27 .In a non-exhaust motor, arpressure regulating-reservoir provided with an lopening for filling the same, in combination with a cap for covering said opening, together with a spring or weight loading said cap, so as to serve'as safety valve. y 28.' In a non-exhaust motor, the combination with a fluidvheating and cooling chamber, a displacer therein, a working cylinder, 12o ` a pistontherein, a passage communicating between sald chamber and the active part of said cylinder, and means foi` controlling the engine by choking the flow of working fluid contained in said chamber through said passa e. ` 29. In a strictly non-exhaust motor in its cycle of operation, the combination of a Huid heating and cooling chamber, a displacer therein, a working cylinder, a piston 130 35 placer, of a fluid-channel from said auxilinto the outer end of said therein, a passage communicating between said chamber and the active part of said cylinder, and a governing valve controlling the engine by choking the flow thro-ugh said passage, combined with a centrifugal governor, and la mechanical connection lbetween said governor and the governing valve. 30. In a noneXhaust motor, the combination with a fluid heating and cooling chamber, a displacer therein, a working cylinder, a piston therein, a passage communieating between said chamber and an active part of said cylinder, and a governing valve controlling the flow of fluid through said passage, con'ibined with a flywheel governor having weights moving each in the plane of rotation, a sleeve movable parallel to the flywheel axis, interposed means for tran-s-v mit-ting motion between the weights and sleeve, and a mechanical connection between said sleeve and the governing valve. f 31. In a strictly non-exhaust motor, a ' governing valve controlling the flow of working fluid through a passage leading from its stationary heating and cooling. chamber to the working' piston,ycombined with a governor adapted to control said valve and thereby the speed of the motor. 32. -In a non-exhaust motor, the combination with a working cylinder opening directly into the fluid heating and cooling chamber and its power piston coupled to the displacer arranged to rotate in said fluid-chamber together with an auxiliary fluid chamber and a corresponding disiary fluid-chamber working cylinder, said channel being provided with a valve or cock whereby the current through such channel can be tlirottled and controlled and the speed of the motor regulated. In a non-exhaust motor, a rotary displacer with a corresponding heating and cooling chamber, a working cylinder with its power piston, a channel connecting said chamber to one end of saidv cylinder, and a valve or cock' in said channel adapted to throttle the current of fluid through the same, together'with a speed governor coupled to -said valve. 34. In a iion-exhaiist-motor, a heating and cooling chamber, a d isplacer acting as a fly-wheel adapted to rotate in saidchamber, a crankpin'upon said displacer, ends fiXedly attached in said displacer and bearings for the same, a working cylinder opening directly into such chamber, a power-piston in said cylinder, a connecting rod joining the piston to the said crank-pin, apiston vrod mounted upon said 'piston and at the otherend coupled to a punip-piston, andcaps upon thexends of said shaft Hbearings, whereby the motor, after it is started, has no outside moving partsv anti is shaftprotected against leakage, dust and inter` ference. 35. In anon-exhaust motor, a rotary dis placer coated with enamel or other material obstructing the conduction and radiation of heat to and from the same. 36. A non-exhaust motor 'wherein a confined fluid is alternately heatedand cooled7 the' heat being transmitted through an intervening shell or vessel, and its resulting eX- pansion and contraction are `utilized to drive a piston, geneous mixture vof considerable fluid (as steam) and a non-condensable 4fluid (as air), .the relative quantity of steam exceeding the saturation capacity of the air, whereby the the working fluid being a homostability of the pressure is increased and A too free a collapse is prevented. 37. A non-exhaust motor wherein a confined fluid is alternately heated and cooled, and its resulting expansion and contraction are utilized to drive a piston, the working fluid being a homogeneous mixture of condensable fluid (as steam) and a noncondensable fluid (as air) the mixtures being accomplished by the mechanical means substantially as shown and described.' 38. In a non-exhaust motor, having a fluid Y heating and cooling chamber, a lubricating reservoir having an opening from its upper part into the fluid \heatin and cooling chamber, and an opening rom.its lower part into a'chamber encircling the shaft in its bearing together with coiled corrugated wire or porousmaterial lodged in said chamber, around the shaft," and adapted to keep the adjacent bearing sleeves separated and to give to the lubricating fluid access to the shaft; whereby said fluid forms` a stuffing-box sealed thereby against escape of the working fluid. 39. In a `non-exhaust motor, having a fluid and cooling chamber, a lubricating reservoir having an opening from its lower part into a chamber encircling the shaft in its bearing, together with perforated or porous bushing adapted to keep the adjacent bearing pieces apartand to give to the lubricating fluid access to the shaft, in combination with packing at the end of the bearing, preventing a lubricating fluid from escaping endwise, and formingA a-stufiingbox sealed heieby against the escape of the working- 40. In a non-enhaust motor, the combination, with a cylindrical heating and cooling chamber of a-displacer adapted for continuous revolution therein formed with a working fluid cavity upon its periphery, and with working fluid cavities upon its ends communicating with said y,cavity sul stantially 'as described. v 41. In a non-exhaust motor, a rotary displacer aheating and cooling cha-mber of corresponding shape,'a shaft 'attached to said displacer, bearings for the same in the shell of said chamber, together with a sleeve of heat obstructing material surrounding such placed up-on the inner section, with stops on said section to limit such displacement to the angular difference between the lead regulatedy for such recess in running forward and that required in the running backward. 4.4. In a non-exhaust motor,a heating and cooling chamber, a displacer adapted to shift the working fluid, a power-piston operated by the changeof pressure in said chamber in 4 combination with a working fluid admixed withi lubricating material, whereby t-he motors eflieiency and. durability is increased. 45. In a non-exhaust mot-or, a heating and cooling chamber, a displacer adapted to shift the working fluid therein, and a power -piston with its cylinder opening directly into said chamber, with a connecting rod from the piston to the displacer adapted to rotate the same, in combination with a lubricating material admixed with the working fluid; whereby inside connection of the working parts ismade practicable. 4G. In a non-exhaust motor, aI rotary displacer, a heating and cooling chamber wherein the displacer is adapted to rotate, a working cylinder opening directly into such chamber, a power piston in such cylinder, a crank-pin upon said displacer, a wrist-pin incorporated 1n said piston, and a connecting-rod joining said crank-pin to said wrist-- pm. 47. In a non-exhaust motor, a rotary displacer, aI corresponding heating and cooling chamber, a working cylinder opening directly into such chamber, and its piston coupled to said displacer, in combination with a wrist-pin incorporated in said piston, consisting of a main or core piece to which the connecting-rod is xedly attached, and a sleeve fitted upon the reduced end oi' the core piece, and a means for causing such sleeve to move in unison with said corepiece. 48. In a non-exhaust motor, a rotary displacer, and a heating and cooling chamber wherein the displacer is adapted to rotate, the displacer constructed with a recess on one side to contain working fluid, and formed of greater weight' on the recessed side to rotatively balance it. 49. In a machine of the class specified means for heating an expansive fluid, rotary means for shifting said fluid, and means for allowing said fluid to expand and do work and then return said Huid to its original volume to said rotating means; so thatl said fiuid, is first heated, then expanded, and cooled, then compressed while cool and returned to the heater. l 50. In a machine of the class specified, .a closed vessel containing an expansive Huid, means for heating said fluid, a rotary displacer in said vessel, a piston in the vessel having fluid passages in communication with said displacer and means in said displacer for shifting the fluid betweenl the heater and piston whereby the same fluid 1s used repeatedly and at each cycle of the machine. ROBERT CREUZBAUR. Witnesses: JOHN B. SUYDAM, AUGfD. KELSEY.

Description March 6, 1962 w. E. LEEK ET AL 3,023,527 FIREARM HAVING RECEIVER BEARING SURFACES 0F SYNTHETIC RESINOUS MATERIAL Original Filed Jan. 5, 1956 5 Sheets-Sheet '1 BY CHARLES l-r. MORSE March 6, 1962 w. E. LEEK ETAL 3,023,527 FIREARM HAVING RECEIVER BEAR SURFACES SYNTHETIC RESINOUS MA RIAL. 6 OF Original Filed Jan. 5, 195 5 Sheets-Sheet 2 INVENTORS. \ WA W15 5. LEE/\ m o By CHARLES H MOI-7S5 w. E. LEEK ET AL 3,023,527 HAVING RECEIVER BEARING SURFACES GSYNTHETIC RESINOUS MATERIAL 5 Sheets-Sheet 3 EARM OF 195 I'I'II'. 'J IIIIII'" INVENTORS. WA ww. E. LL'EK BY CHARLES hf MORSf duo-'2 p( 8N4, March 6, 1962 w. E. LEEK ET AL 3,023,527 FIREARM HAVING RECEIVER BEARING SURFACES 0F SYNTHETIC RESINOUS MATERIAL 1956 5 Sheets-Sheet 4 Original Filed Jan. 5, I INVENTORS WAYNE f. LEE/f BY CHARLES h. HORSE iiwfiwaq March 6, 1962 w. E. LEEK ET AL 3,023,527 FIREARM HAVING RECEIVER BEARING SURFACES OF SYNTHETIC RESINOUS MATERIAL Original Filed Jan. 5, 1956 5 Sheets-Sheet 5 0 h I S R Q G m w A" R E E. m ////v\ m I b@ WW 1/ 8 I 1r -iiPillll miill I 1| 2 :1 1!. R S WW hm H i T NE I R 2. mmm m I W B) m m Q R. PW 55MB w\ 5Q wv vV A'Q m I w w ow Q 1E E. Q 3% pr W \ INVENTORS. 3,fi23,527 Patented Mar. 6, 1962 19 Claims. (Cl. 42-11 This application is a continuation of our application Serial No. 557,473, filed January 5, 1956, for a Breech Loading Firearm, now abandoned. This invention relates to a breech loading firearm and is illustrated by reference to a small bore firearm of the type intended for use with rimfire cartridges. The principal object of this invention is the provision of a new and improved firaarm which can be manufactured and assembled with great economy. At the same time, it is one of our objects to provide for improved functioning of such a firearm through the utilization of unconventional materials providing bearing surfaces of exceptional efficiency. We propose to achieve these objectives in large measure by the elimination as a separate entity of that part of the firearm commonly known as a receiver, together with all the attaching means generally needed to fasten the stock, fore-end and the barrel to such a receiver. We propose that a full length stock assembly be molded of a suitable thermoplastic or thermosetting resinous material, with recesses provided in the molded stock assembly to accommodate the barrel and to guide and support all of the necessary functional parts normally guided and supported by or secured to a conventional receiver. The exact nature of the invention, as well as other objects and advantages thereof, will become more readily apparent from consideration of the following specification, referring to the attached drawings, in which: FIG. 1 is a side elevational view of a firearm constructed in accordance with our invention, those portions of the drawings which are sectioned being taken in the plane of a longitudinal vertical sectional view. FIG. 2 is vertical cross-sectional view on the line 2-2 of FIG. FIG. 3 is 3-3 of FIG. FIG. 4 is 4-4 of FIG. FIG. 5 is 5-5 of FIG. FIG. 6 is 66 of FIG. FIG. 7 is 7-7 of FIG. FIG. 8 is 8-8 of FIG. FIG. 9 is 9-9 of FIG. 1. FIG. 10 is a partial vertical cross-sectional view on the line 10-10 of FIG. 1. FIG. 11 is a partial vertical cross-sectional view on the line 111l of FIG. 1. FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view on the line 12-12 vertical cross-sectional view on the line vertical cross-sectional view on the line vertical cross-sectional view on the line vertical cross-sectional view on the line vertical cross-sectional view on the line vertical cross-sectional view on the line vertical cross-sectional view on the line of FIG. 1. FIG. 13 is a partial horizontal sectional view on the line 13-13 of FIG. 1. FIG. 14 is a partial cross-sectional view on the line 1414 of FIG. 1. FIG. 15 is a partial cross-sectional view on the line 15-15 of FIG. 1. FIG. 16 is a partial cross-sectional view on the line 16-16 of FIG. 1. FIG. 17 is a partial cross-sectional view on the line 17-17 of FIG. 19. FIG. 18 is a side elevational view of the cover for the working mechanism of the firearm. FIG. 19 is an enlarged partial vertical, longitudinal sectional view taken through the breech portion of the mechanism. FIG. 20 is a muzzle end elevational view. Referring to the drawings by characters of reference, it will be seen that the firearm comprises a barrel 1 and a breech bolt 2, both supported in a molded stock assembly indicated generally by reference numeral 3. The enclosure of the breech bolt and other parts adjacent thereto in the receiver portion of the stock assembly 3 is completed by means of a sheet metal receiver cover 4, shown in more detail in FIG. 18. A trigger guard 5 is supported in the receiver portion of the stock assembly 3, and a tubular magazine 6 is mounted in the buttstock portion of the stock assembly 3. The stock assembly 3 comprises a pair of full length components molded as mirror images of each other and provided with appropriate internal ribs and other reinforcing sections. The halves of the stock are preferably provided on their meeting surfaces with a tongue-andgroove joint which may be cemented or autogenously welded to complete the stock assembly. At appropriate points, the joining of the havles of the stock assembly may be reinforced by cross-bolts 7 which may be covered by appropriate inlays 8 or by being enclosed within the cover 4. The stock assembly may be regarded by reference to normal firearms practice as comprising three portions which may be identified as buttstock, receiver and forestock. The extent of these portions may be identified in FIG. 1 by the brackets A, B and C, respectively applied thereto. As referred to hereinafter, these last three terms are used in the sense of their normal definitions referring to fiearms, as follows: AButtstock--That part of the stock in the rear of the breech mechanism -ReceiverIn portable breech loading firearms the frame to which the breech end of the barrel is attached which receives the bolt or block, and which receives the mechanism for loading, firing, extracting and ejecting CForestock-That part of a gunstock lying forward of the breech mechanism, beneath the barrel or barrels, and forming a hold for the forward hand of the shooter. The receiver portion B of the stock assembly is enclosed within the receiver cover 4 and is characterized by internally grooved side walls 9 extending vertically upward, to define between them a guideway in which the bolt 2 and members associated therewith may reciprocate. The bolt 2, it Will be noted, is formed to define a pair of longitudinally extending guide ribs 10 which are received in appropriately formed tracks defined by the internal grooves in the side walls 9. It will be noted that the forward end 11 of each of the guide ribs is of heavier section than the rear portion and, accordingly, the tracks formed in the side walls 9 are correspondingly shaped. A spring guide tube 12 is secured at its rear end in the stock assembly and extends forwardly therefrom to provide a guide for a bolt return spring 13, which is seated in a counterbore 14 in the bolt body and acts to urge the bolt body to its foremost position in the receiver portion B of the stock assembly. A firing pin spring 15 is also supported by the stock assembly and surrounds the bolt return spring 13, hearing at its forward end on a shoulder formed in a firingpin striker 16. As best seen in FIG. 9, the firing pin striker 16 is also provided with longitudinally extending guide ribs 17 which travel in the same tracks in the side walls 9 provided for the guidance of the bolt 2. The firing pin striker 16 is also provided with a forwardly extending tubular portion 18 which is guided in the counterbore in the back end of the bolt body. Fire control means, which will be later described, is provided to releasably hold the firing pin striker in a rearward position. When the firing pin striker is released by the fire control means, it will be projected forwardly under the impetus provided by the spring 15 into forceable engagement with a firing pin 19 which is supported in a longitudinally extending groove in the top face of the bolt body. A firing pin return spring 20 is provided and bears on a firing pin retaining pin 21 supported in a bore which extends laterally through the breech bolt body. The b'arrell 1 is supported in the stock assembly by means which include a semi-cylindrical cradle formed in the relatively solid portion of the stock assembly 3 as best seen in FIG. 5, this solid portion constituting the front end of the receiver portion B of the stock assembly. There is also provided a cradle portion at the forward extremity of the forestock portion C of the stock assembly, as best seen by reference to FIG. 20. Additionally, or alternatively, the stock may be molded to provide a V- block support for the barrel adjacent the front end thereof, as in the section broken away between the numerals indicating the section plane 13-43. FIG. 4 illustrates a suitable means for retaining the barrel in this relationship. A barrel lug 22 may be secured by any suitable means to the lower face of the barrel and is threadably engaged by a barrel hold-down screw 23 secured in a suitable hole in the receiver portion B of the stock assembly. This screw functions to hold the barrel down into the cradles provided in the stock assembly. At the same time, the holddown screw 23 is provided with a shoulder which acts as a means of urging upwardly the bifurcated barrel bracket 24. This barrel bracket, when in a raised position, is received in suitable opposed cuts 25 in the surface of the barrel which define recoil shoulders thereon and is vertically slidable into and out of engagement with the cuts 25. The barrel bracket all the while remains in engagement with a recess 26 formed in the solid portion of the receiver portion B of the stock assembly which provides recoil shoulders in the stock and is deep enough to permit the barrel bracket to be dropped below the surface of the cradle when the hold-down screw is disengaged from the barrel lug. The inter-engagement of the barrel bracket with the recoil shoulders provided by the recess 26 formed in the receiver portion of the stock assembly and with the cuts 25 formed in the barrel retains the barrel against longitudinal displacement relative to the receiver portion B of the stock assembly. It will be noted, as illustrated in FIGS. 2 and 3, that the major portion of the length of the barrel is substantially fully enclosed by a portion C of the stock assembly acting as a conventional hand guard or forestock. Between the rear end of this hand guard or forestock C and the forward end of the upstanding side walls 9 of the receiver portion B however, there is a part of the receiver portion B of substantially the length of the breech closure mechanism which is not closed in above the midline of the barrel. To assemble the working mechanism, the breech closure and striker mechanism is introduced into this space and then moved rearwardly into the guide grooves in the upstanding side walls 9. The barrel may then be introduced from the muzzle end of the stock assembly and moved rearwardly into engagement with the cradle formed in the forward end of the receiver portion B of the stock assembly and secured therein by the hold-down screw and barrel bracket described above. The tubular magazine 6, previously referred to, extends longitudinally through the buttstock portion A of the stock assembly and comprises a fixed outer tube 27 and an inner tube 28 which is telescoped therein and may be secured thereto by means of the bayonet coupling indicated at 29. This inner tube contains the usual magazine spring 30 and magazine follower 31. The inner tube is partially crimped in at 32 to prevent accidental displacement of the magazine follower beyond the confines of the inner tube. The receiver portion B of the stock assembly is formed to define a cartridge feed passage 33 and a feed ramp 34 in substantial prolongation of the magazine tube. A cartridge stop 35 is pivotally supported on a cartridge stop pin 36 and provided with a cartridge stop spring 37 which urges the end of the cartridge stop to extend into the cartridge feed passage 33 in position to intersect the head or rim of a cartridge case and prevent the delivery of more than one cartridge to the feed ramp 34. The cartridge stop is operated by means of an arm 38 which extends upwardly into the path of the breech bolt in position to be overridden by a cam surface in the breech bolt whenever the breech bolt is displaced rearwardly from the position shown in FIG. 1. It should be apparent that whenever the breech bolt is rearwardly displaced, the cartridge stop will be raised into the feed passage 33. However, the extent of the projection into the feed passage is not enough to intercept and stop forward movement of a cartridge until the rim thereof engages solidly against the cartridge stop. Thus, a following cartridge in the tubular magazine or the magazine follower itself will remain free to push the cartridge in the feed passage, up the feed ramp, and into position to be picked up by the bolt face and pushed home into the chamber of the barrel. The following cartridge, or the magazine follower, will, however, be positively stopped by the cartridge stop 35 in such a position that the forward movement of the bolt cannot be obstructed and will not be released for further movement until such time as the bolt has substantially reached its breech closing position and the cam surface has passed forwardly of the arm 38. To assist in controlling the feeding of the cartridge, a cartridge guide member 39 is secured to the upper part of the receiver cover 4 and extends downwardly therefrom to be received in groove 40 in the top face of the bolt, where it straddles a portion of the firing pin 19. The downwardly extending flanges 41 and 42 receive the cartridge as it is pushed up the feed ramp 34 and assist in re-aligning it and pushing it directly into the chamber of the barrel as the breech bolt is closed. An inturned portion 43 near the rear extremity of the flange 42 is provided to intersect the head of a cartridge case as the bolt nears the rear extremity of its possible movement and serves as a conventional fixed ejector for discharging the cartridge from the control of the usual extractors 44 on the bolt body and flipping it laterally through the ejection port 45 formed in the receiver cover 4. A bolt operating handle 46 is provided with a stem 47 received in a hole in the side of the bolt body and is also provided with a flange portion 48 of a diameter greater than will pass through the slot 49 formed in the cover 4. The fire control mechanism referred to herein is one of the forms shown in the co-pending application of H. W. Young, Serial No. 731,881, filed April 29, 1958, and is not therefore claimed herein. To minimize the need for reference to that specification, however, it will be described herein as one which comprises a scar 50 pivotally mounted on a pin 51 and engageable at 52 with the firing pin striker 16 on such an angle that a component of striker spring force acts to urge the sear to swing clockwise about the pivot 51 against the relatively light force applied by the sear spring 53. Such movement of the sear is blocked by a sear block 54 supported for swinging and sliding movement on a pin 55. The sear block is provided, as may be seen in FIGS. 19 and 8, with a web 56 which engages beneath the front corner of the sear 5t). Sear block springs 57 are engaged between the sear block 54 and appropriate pins 58 engaged in the stock assembly. As may be seen in FIG. 1, these springs act to move the sear block rearwardly on the pivot 55 and, at the same time, urge it to swing counter-clockwise about that pivot. The rearwardly extending arms 59 of the sear block are formed for engagement with surfaces 60 formed on an upwardly extending arm of the trigger 61, which is supported for pivotal movement about the pin 62. It will be noted that both the sear block and the trigger arms are, for mounting purposes, bifurcated members which substantially straddle the magazine tube 6; however, preferably only one arm of the trigger is carried upwardly and the engagement with the sear block is therefore limited to one side. When the trigger is pulled in the normal manner, the upwardly extending arm is urged forwardly and, by its inter-engagement with the rearwardly extending arm 59 on the sear block, urges the sear block to move forwardly and out from beneath the sear 50, releasing the sear to be swung down by the component of striker spring force and permitting the firing pin striker 16 to impact upon the rear end of the firing pin 19. Since the illustrative embodiment of our invention is a blow-back operated autoloader, the firing of the chambered cartridge will cause the breech bolt to be driven rearwardly, and as it does so it will over-ride the forwardly extending disconnector arms 63 formed integrally with the sear block, thus rotating the sear block in a clockwise direction about the pivot pin 55 and disengaging the arm 59 of the sear block from the trigger. Assuming that the trigger finger has not been relaxed, this disconnection from the trigger will permit the springs 57 to move the sear block rearwardly into position beneath the sear so that the sear will intercept the firing pin striker when the breech bolt is again closed. The trigger, however, will not be able to act upon the sear block until such time as the trigger finger has been completely relaxed and the trigger permitted to return to its normal position, in which position the surfaces 60 may again engage the rearwardly extending arm 59 on the sear block. The usual type of cross-bolt safety 64 is provided in a trigger guard 65 and functions to prevent movement of the trigger whenever set to perform that function. The assembly of the firearm is completed by the application to the receiver portion B of the stock and barrel assembly of hte receiver cover 4, previously referred to. As will be noted, this cover is a sheet metal stamping adapted to be slipped over the top part of the receiver portion of the stock assembly, to enclose within it all of the working parts and to mask the joint between the rear end of the barrel and the stock assembly. This cover is retained in place by means of a pair of cover retaining screws 66 threadably engaging headed sleeves 67. The rearmost of the cover retaining screws 66 has the additional function of retaining the trigger guard 5, which, as noted in FIG. 11, is provided with a T-shaped portion 68 engaging with the stock assembly and which, as shown in FIGS. 7, 8 and 9, engages the bottom face of the stock assembly, to complete the enclosure of those working parts housed therein. The forward extension 69 on the receiver cover '4 encloses the rear end of the barrel and the means by which the barrel is connected to the receiver portion of the stock assembly. Extension 69 is shaped to provide a slotted arcuate portion for the reception of a rear sight leaf '70 which may be rocked between the slotted arcuate portion of the cover and arcuate cuts on the upper surface of the barrel 1, to provide varying degrees of elevation for the sight leaf. A pair of opposed adjusting screws 71 are provided and engage either arcuate grooves 72 or spaced indentations such as 73 to insure that the sight leaf remains at any desired elevation. To the extent that lateral clearance is provided in the arcuate portion surrounding the sight leaf 70, the adjusting screws 71 may also serve to provide for windage or lateral adjustment of the sight leaf 70. As a matter of convenience, the upper portion of the receiver cover 4 is formed to define a longitudinally extending dovetailed rib 74 adapted to receive one of the several types of inexpensive sighting telescope mounts recently made available. A front sight 75, preferably of the ramp type, may be brazed or otherwise suitably secured to the barrel. The functioning of the rifle described herein is, in practically every respect, identical with that of the usual bloWback autoloading small bore firearm. Briefly, the firing of a cartridge chambered in the barrel causes the cartridge case to blow back out of the barrel and thereby impels the breech bolt rearwardly against the force of the breech bolt return spring 13. In the course of the rearward movement of the bolt, the fired cartridge is ejected through the port 45 and the cartridge stop is actuated to prevent more than one cartridge from being pushed forwardly onto the feed ramp 34. Also, in the course of rearward movement of the breech bolt, the disconnector arms 63 are over-ridden and disconnect the trigger from the sear block 5'4. Upon completion of the rearward movement of the breech bolt, the bolt is returned forwardly by its return spring and during its forward movement picks up from the feed ramp a cartridge thereon and chambers it in the barrel. During this forward movement, the firirig pin striker is stopped by the sear and will be held thereby until such time as the trigger finger has been relaxed to permit the trigger to reassume control of the sear block. As soon as the breech bolt reaches its substantially fully closed position, the cartridge stop will again be released, to permit a following cartridge to be fed onto the feed ramp. So long as a supply of cartridges remain in the magazine, the cycle described above may be repeated each time the trigger is pulled. The operation of the magazine and the release of cartridges therefrom is substantially conventional and forms the subject of expired patents. As has been previously noted herein, the stock assem bly 3 comprises a pair of opposed halves which are mirror images of each other and are joined at their longitudinal margins by a cemented or welded tongue-andgroove joint. This joint may conveniently be cemented without marring the exterior surfaces of the molded components by the application of a suitable cement or solvent either to the tongue or to the groove, or both, following which the sections may be pressed together and held for a time sufficient to permit the cement or partially dissolved plastic to solidify. Several means are available to permit the autogenous welding of such a joint in the thermoplastic materials. Among these means we may employ one which comprises the steps of placing a small, preferably ferromagnetic, wire throughout the extremity of the groove, then assembling the tongued section thereto and subjecting the entire assembly to the influence of an induction heating unit which causes a degree of localized heating immediately adjacent the wire sufiicient to cause localized melting of a thermoplastic material. Such localized heating while the sections are held assembled under pressure produces an extremely effective welded joint without flash or other disturbance tending to mar the exterior portion of the molded component. Where the joining has been by means which produce some flash or unevenness in the joint, a suitable degree of matching may be achieved by milling in the jointed surface a shallow, longitudinally striated groove overlying the parting line. As may be noted from FIGS. 16 and 15, such components as a grip cap 76, grip cap spacer 77, butt plate 78, butt plate spacer 79, fore-end tip and fore-end tip spacer 81, may be similarly assembled and cemented or welded in place. Should it be desirable to alter the, design, by adding or omitting spacers, the changes required should be obvious. For molding the stock assembly, substantially conventional injection molding methods are entirely suitable. It is preferable, however, that to the greatest extent possible the feed points for the injection molding operation shall be in those sections of the receiver portion, of the stock assembly which are covered in use by the cover 4, thereby insuring that any surface imperfections resulting from the presence of the feed point will not disturb the exterior appearance .of the stock assembly. The stock assembly may be molded of any thermoplastic or thermosetting plastic material which is dimensionally stable when subjected to varying temperature and weather conditions. We prefer, however, to utilize one of the thermoplastic synthetic long-chain polyamide materials known as nylonfor example, that identified by the trademark Zytel manufactured by the Du Pont Company which is available in a wide variety of stable colors. The nylon materials are particularly desirable for this application by reason of their strength, dimensional stability, and the excellent bearing surfaces which they provide for the guidance and control of the breech bolt and other working parts of the mechanism. The low friction, anti-galling characteristics of nylon, working in contact with metal particularly under adverse ternperature and weather conditions, are especially desirable in regard to the tracks in the receiver section which support and guide the bolt and striker for the firing pin. There are other plastic materials capable of producing a satisfactory product but which to some degree fall short of the desirable characteristics possessed by the nylon materials. Some functionally satisfactory materials, such as Teflon, tetrafluoroethylene resin, are still too expensive and/or difficult to mold. The frictional and galling characteristics of some of the otherwise suitable materials, for example, are such as to require the incorporation of metallic bearing surfaces in such locations as the guide tracks, where nylon functions so well by itself. Among the materials which may, with such design changes, he considered as alternatives, the following may be cited as examples: Cycolac-Marban Chemical Division of Borg-Warner Corporation, 1926 W. 10th Avenue, Gary, Indiana Modified polystyrene molding compound. High impact strength, high heat distortion resistances, low brittle point, dimensional stability, chemical resistance, light weight, bright colors and hi gloss. KralasticNaugatuck Chemical, Division of US. Rubber Co., 203 Elm Street, Naugatuck, Connecticut Acrylonitrite resin rub-ber molding compound (styrene-butadiene resins). Excellent resistance to acids, alkalies, water, cold and fungus. Good resistance to solvents and heat. Excellent for coating metal, good for wood. Dimensionally stable over wide temperature range, high impact resistance, easily machined. Can be solvent-welded. Lightweight, wide range of opaque colors. Tenite IIEastman Chemical Products, Inc., Kingsport, Tennessee Cellulose acetate butyrate molding compound. High toughness and impact strength. Resilient, lightweight, Weather resistant, dimensional stab-ility, lustrous surface. Unlimited range of colors. Adapted to fastest injection molding or extrusion. Styron 475Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Michigau Rigid, tough thermo-plastic properties similar to polystyrene except for higher impact strength and greater elongation. In reconsideration of the foregoing specification, it will be noted that the receiver portion B of the stock assembly provided in this invention takes care of all of the functional requirements of the receiver of a conventional firearm, without requiring the complicated and difiicult internal machining operations and without requiring the complications in conventional designs entailed by the necessity for securing stock, barrel, fore-end, etc., to the conventional receiver and/ or stock. At the same time, the precision molded bolt guide tracks, cartridge feed ramp, etc., provide highly efficient lubrication and improved overall functioning of the firearm. The use of such precision molded components makes possible the mass production of inexpensive but high quality firearms which can be assembled from identical components without the requirement for any fitting or selective assembly of any part. Although we have shown and described herein only one specified embodiment of this invention, it should be obvious that the principles enunciated herein may be readily applied to the production of other types of firearms. For example, the magazine, cartridge stops and feed ramp, utilized in the design illustrated, may readily be eliminated, with material simplification of the design and without substantial modification of any other component we may produce an autoejecting single shot rifle. Similarly, the application of any suitable means for locking the breech bolt directly to the rear end of the barrel will permit the production of positively locked breech loading firearms of either single shot or magazine fed types. Accordingly, we do not consider that our invention is limited by the details of the specific embodiment shown and described herein. For an exact definition of the limits which we consider applicable to our invention, reference should be made to the appended claims. What is claimed is: 1. A firearm having a stock assembly, a barrel, :1 breech closure, and a fire control mechanism, said stock assembly comprising a unitary structure of moldable, synthetic resinous, dimensionally stable material and including in said unitary structure a buttstock portion, a receiver portion and a forestock portion, said receiver portion having molded integrally therein guideways for said breech closure, means on said breech closure in engagement in said guideways mounting said breech closure in said receiver portion, said breech closure being mounted in said receiver portion for reciprocation in said guideways longitudinal of said receiver portion between a first position adjacent said buttstock portion and a second position adjacent said forestock portion, means for securing said barrel to said stock and means molded in said forestock portion for supporting said barrel. 2. A firearm as defined in claim 1, said receiver portion having an aperture molded therein, said fire control mechanism being mounted in said aperture and means for securing said fire control mechanism in said aperture. 3. A firearm as defined in claim 2, said means for securing said barrel to said stock comprising a molded semicircular cradle in the front end of the receiver portion and means for pulling a barrel down into said cradle, a recess in said cradle, and means interengaging said barrel and said recess for resisting longitudinal displacement of said barrel. 4. A firearm as defined in claim 3, said means molded in said forestock portion for supporting said barrel including a self-centering cradle in the front end of the forestock portion, said barrel resting in said cradle. 5. A firearm as defined in claim 3, said means on said breech closure comprising laterally projecting, longitudinally extending guide ribs, said receiver portion having a pair of spaced-apart upstanding side walls at opposite sides of said breech closure, said guideways for said breech closure comprising longitudinally extending grooves formed in the opposed inner faces of said side walls, said guide ribs extending into said guideways and supporting said breech closure for reciprocation in said receiver portion. 6. A firearm as defined in claim 5, said forestock portion comprising a circumferential enclosure for the major part of the length of said barrel, said enclosure terminating forward of the receiver portion to permit the insertion of the reciprocating breech closure into the space between the circumferential enclosure and the upstanding side walls of the receiver portion prior to insertion of the barrel into the forestock, said supporting guideways in the receiver portion opening into said space to receive said guide ribs. 7. A firearm as defined in claim 6, including a sheet metal receiver cover completing the enclosure of the receiver portion of said stock, said receiver cover extending over said breech closure and being connected on opposite sides of said breech closure to said stock, and means passing through said cover and the receiver portion of said stock connecting the opposite sides of said cover to reinforce said receiver portion. 8. A firearm as defined in claim 7, said means for pulling said barrel down into said cradle in the receiver portion comprising a lug on said barrel, a hold down screw passing through said stock into engagement with said barrel lug, recoil shoulder formed on said barrel by opposed recesses in the outer surface thereof and extending transversely to the axis of the barrel, said means for resisting longitudinal displacement of said barrel comprising a bifurcated barrel bracket received on said hold down screw and simultaneously engaging with said opposed recesses in the barrel and with said recess in the cradle section of the forestoek portion of said stock. 9. A firearm as defined in claim 1, said dimensionally stable material being characterized by low friction, antigalling and self-lubrication. 10. In a firearm as defined in claim 9, said synthetic linear polyamide being known as nylon. 11. A firearm as defined in claim 1, said dimensionally stable material being a long chain synthetic linear polyamide characterized by low friction, anti-galling and selflubrication. 12. In a firearm, a receiver portion of moldable, synthetic resinous, dimensionally stable material having molded integrally therein guideways, a breech closure, and means on said breech closure in engagement with said guideways and mounting said breech closure in said receiver portion, said breech closure being mounted in said receiver portion for reciprocation on said guideways longitudinal of said receiver portion between a first position adjacent one end of said receiver portion and a second position adjacent the opposite end of said receiver portion. 13. In a firearm as recited in claim 12, said dimensionally stable material being characterized by low friction, anti-galling and self-lubrication. 1-4. In a firearm as recited in claim 13, said dimensionally stable material being known as nylon. 15. In a firearm as recited in claim 12, said dimensionally stable material being a long chain synthetic linear polyamide characterized by low friction, anti-galling and self-lubrication. 16. In a firearm, a receiver portion and a breech clo sure, said receiver portion having guideways for said breech closure, means on said breech closure in engagement in said guideways mounting said breech closure in said receiver portion, said breech closure being mounted in said receiver portion for reciprocation in said guideways longitudinal of said receiver portion between a first position adjacent one end of said receiver portion and a second position adjacent the opposite end of said receiver portion, and bearing means intermediate said breech closure and said guideways of moldable, synthetic resinous, dimensionally stable material. 17. In a firearm as recited in claim 16, said guideways having a bearing surface characterized by low friction, anti-galling and self-lubrication. 18. In a firearm as recited in claim 17, said synthetic linear polyamide being known as nylon. 19. In a firearm as recited in claim 16, said guideways having a bearing surface of long chain synthetic linear polyamide characterized by low friction, anti-galling and self-lubrication. References Cited in the file of this patent

Description ' Nov. 14, 1933. c H PKI 1,934,979 POWER OPERATED BUMPING TOOL FOR SHEET METAL Filed July '26, 1930 2 Sheets-Sheet l INVENTOR 6/1 0! as flap/272s ATTO R N 5Y8 Nov. 14, 1933. c. HOPKINS POWER OPERATED BUMPING TOOL FOR SHEET METAL INVENTOR 2 W f a 2 0% m m 1 #3 m z m w CW 4)" 266 /Z 0 8/2768 ATTORNEYS Patented Nov. 14, 1933 UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE Charles Hopkins, Detroit, Mich. Application July 26, 1930. Serial No. 470,834 4 Claims. (Cl. 12130) This invention relates to pneumatic hammer--- ing or bumping tools, and more particularly to a tool of this nature which is adapted to hammering or bumping out irregularities in sheet metal, - 5 such as automobile fenders, etc. An important object of this invention is the incorporation of a pneumatic hammer therein which will operate with equal efliciency, and deliver blows of equal predetermined force, despite 13 wide differences in the air pressure supplied thereto. Another object of my invention is the provision of such an automatic bumping tool enabling quick and easy smoothing out of irregularities in auto- 15 mobile fenders, and in which the dolly or anvil is automatically held in correct position against the opposite side of the metal b'eing bumped, from the hammer. Another object of this invention is to provide such a tool in which a dolly is supported on the opposite side of the work by the tool itself, in a new and highly eflicient manner in which it could not be done by hand, and whereby coordinate movement of hammer and dolly, and firm engagement of the latter with the work as each blow is struck, is insured. I Itis further an object of my invention to produce such a bumping tool which will be of unusually simple and inexpensive, but rugged con- 3 struction. A still further object of this invention is the production of a portable power tool which will be of relatively light weight. Other objects and advantages will be apparent from the following description, wherein reference is made to the accompanying drawings illustrating a preferred embodiment of my invention and wherein similar reference numerals designate similar parts throughout the several 40 views. In the drawings: Figure 1 is a side elevational view of my improved pneumatic bumping tool, also showing an important use thereof, namely the straighten- 5 ing of an automobile fender, which is fragmentarily and sectionally shown. I Figure 2 is a disassembled perspective view of my device, showing all of the principal parts thereof. Figure 3 is a vertical sectional view taken diametrically through my device, part of the clamp being broken away, and looking in the same direction as in Figure 1; a piece of sheet metal being also fragmentarily shown in the process of being hammered by the tool. Figure 4 is a vertical sectional view similar to Figure 3, but taken on the line 4-4 of that view and looking in the direction of the arrows there shown, being right angularly thereto, or from the end of the clamp. Figure 5 is a detail fragmentary sectional view of the valve and valve operating mechanism. Figure 6 is a horizontal section taken substan-- tially on the line 6-6 of Figure 3. Referring now to the drawings: Reference character 10 designates a C clamp, which supports my improved pneumatic hammer, and one of a series of interchangeable dollies or anvils 11, which serves to reinforce the other side of the metal being worked upon, and to govern the deformation thereof by the hammer. The dolly, which may be of any desired shape, depending upon the contour desired to be imparted to the material being worked upon, is firmly but detachably aflixed to the upper leg of the clamp in any desired manner and position, as by forming the dolly with a projecting rod or post 12, which is diametrically apertured near its outer end, as at 14, for the reception of a tapering pin 13. To support the pin, the apertured so knob 15 may be suitably carried by the clamp on that side, being here shown as integral. For additional security in holding the pin in place, a retaining clip 16 may cover the larger end of the aperture, being aflixed to the knob by means of the pin 17, about which it may be swung to the protecting position, as shown in Figure 3. The pneumatic hammer is supported upon the other leg of the clamp in axial ailgnment with the dolly, that extremity of the clamp being suitably enlarged as at 18, for reenforcement, and to more firmly secure the hammer. The lower portion of the housing of the hammer, which is substantially cylindrical, is fitted into an aperture in the enlarged portion of the clamp, as shown in-Figures 1, 3,-and 4. The relative width of the clamp is clearly shown in Figure 4, al though this is of course not important to the invention itself. The lower portion 19 and upper portion 20 of the housing are separate, and secured together, as by screwing into each other, as shown in Figures 3 and 4, at 21. The smooth lower portion which fits into the clamp is designated 22, and its engagement with the clamp may be a slip fit, enabling removal of the hammer for other uses. A flange 23 limits the downward movement of the housing in the clamp. The interior of the lower portion 19 0f the housing is formed as a smoothly finished cylin no der, within which the reciprocable piston 25 slidton, being preferably cast integral therewith,- (Figure 3). The rod 28, which is freely slidable in the journal 29, is also prevented from turning therein, as-by means of the spline 31, which may project integrally therefrom, and the cooperating slot 32 formed in the journal 29, as by broaching. It will thus be seen that not only is the piston prevented from rotating in the cylinder, but all parts carried by the piston are also prevented thereby from turning in .the housing. The piston and its associated parts are constantly urged upwardly by the-relatively heavy compression spring 30, in the manner'shown in Figures 3 and 4. The hammer is also carried by the piston, and may, with the enlarged intermediate portion 34, be cast integral therewith, if a sufiiciently hard material is used. If, however, it is desired to use a. harder material for the hammer than for the piston, the former may be secured thereto in any suitable manner, as by threading thereinto, or over a threaded projection carried by the piston; which latter is my preferred method. The elongated cylindrical hammer head 35 projects upwardly and out of the housing through a suitable stufiing box 36, which is closed by a packing nut 37, and through which the Hammer slides. As shown in Figures 3 and 4, the stufllng box and packing nut seal the top of the frusto-conical upper portion 20 of the housing. The enlarged base 34 of the hammer, which is secured to the piston, carries a valve-actuating cam 38, which may be secured thereto by screws 41. The valve itself is a short sleeve or annulus, 40, having an inlet port 42 therethrough in one portion of its periphery, and a plurality of outlet ports 43, inanother. As shown in Figures 2, 3, and 4, the cam is a short block, having; upon opposite ends and sides the projecting slanting surfaces 44 and 45, which are the cam aces. The upper extremity of the lower portion 19 of the housing is enlarged and internally threaded, as best shown in Figure 2 .at 21 The counterbored portion carrying these threads is of appreciably greater diameter than the cylinder immediately below'it which housesthe piston, and the counterbore extends downwardly below the threads, which occupy only the upper portion of it, the circumferential ridge 46 being thus formed, which, cooperating with the smooth lower surface 47 of the reduced and externally threaded portion 21' of the upper part, 20, of the housing, forms an annular groove when the two portions of the housing are screwed together. The groove thereby formed is of the proper dimensions to receive the sleeve valve 40 therein 'without binding, in a slip fit, holding the sleeve against movement longitudinally of the housing while enabling the sleeve to be turned freely in the groove when the parts 19 and 20 of the housing are tightly secured together. An inlet port 48 is drilled through the housing in the grooved portion forming the valve seat, and in opposing vertical groove or slot 51 with substantially paralposition are drilled a number of outlet ports 53,- which thereby present a much greater cross sectional area than the inlet.- The outlet ports in the sleeve valve and in the-groove in the housing are correspondingly placed circumferentially and longitudinally of the cylinder, so that when the sleeve is in place, all of the outlet apertures in both the sleeve valve and the cylinder may be aligned, enabling their simultaneous opening or closing by rotating the sleeve valve in the groove. The inlet apertures in the sleeve valve and cylinder are somewhat offset with respect to each other circumferentially, so'that when they are aligned, and the inlet passage consequently open, all of the outlet ports will be in-disalignment or closed; while when the outlet ports are opened the inlet port will be blanked, by reason of the disalignment of the ports in the sleeve and the groove in the cylinder. An air hose 50 may be coupled to the inlet port to furnish the motivating fluid supply. It will be seen that an appreciable annular space l separates the inner surface of the sleeve valve and the cylindrical base 34 of the hammer, which supports the valve-actuating cam; permitting free circulation of the air or other motivating fluid within that entire part of the housing above the piston, both upper and lower portions. Thus when the inlet port 42 inthe sleeve valve is aligned with the inlet port 48 in the housing, as shown in Figurev 3, the outlet ports are closed, and incoming air having suflicient force to overcome the pressure of the spring 30 will force the piston downwardly. It is of course desired to turn the valve, when the piston has completed the downward stroke, to the position wherein the inlet is closed and the outlet ports are opened. When this occurs, the spring forces the piston, and consequently the hammer, upwardly, for the working stroke. The air in the space above the piston is of course simultaneously forced out throughthe relatively unrestricted outlet ports 43-53, which are then aligned, as shown in Figure 5. When the upward stroke is completed it is desired to shift the sleeve valve back to its first position, in which only the inlet is open, to- again retract the hammer. To accomplish this shifting of the sleeve valve by rotating it within the groove, a substantially lel sides, is cut in the irmer surface of the sleeve valvefhaving, however, a bend, or slanting sides 54 and 55, at one extremity, here shown as near the bottom. These constitute the cam followers, and the cam block 38 projects far enough from the enlarged hammer base 34 to engage in the slot, in the manner shown in Figures 3 and 5, and side view in Figure 4. The vertical distance between the upper and lower slanting surfaces of the cam, 45 and 44, is governed by the length of the piston stroke in which the valve-shifting action must occur, When no air is applied to the piston, itis normally held in raised position by the spring 30. When the piston is raised, the inlet port is always open, as will be apparent. If. then air is forced through the inlet port into the space above the piston, the latter will be forced downwardly. As the piston approaches the bottom of its stroke, the upper surface 45 of the cam engages the slanting surface 55 of the sleeve valve, and turns the sleeve sufflciently to close the inlet port and open the outlet ports. The spring 30 then forces the piston upwardly; the air being discharged through the outlet ports. As the piston, carrying the cam. approaches the 150 top of its stroke, the lower slanting cam surface 44 engages the other sloping face 54 of the slot, and turns the sleeve valve sufliciently to close the outlet ports and open the inlet ports. Thus automatically, air is intermittently fed to the space a above the piston during the proper phase of each cycle, alternately forcing the piston and hammer downwardly, at which time it is cut off while the spring forces them upwardlyduring which time only, the outlet ports are open. The reliability of this action is insured by the fact thatthe spline and slot 31-32 prevent the piston and cam from turning about their axis, and force perfect rectilinear movement of the cam; while the sleeve is free to rotate. Breather ports 52 are drilled in the cylindrical lower portion 22 of the housing, below the piston, to prevent cushioning of the piston by trapped air. If desired, provision may be made for rendering adjustable the pressure of the spring 30, or' springs of diflferent strengths may be substituted, although I have not found this to be necessary, since no matter at what pressure air may be supplied, as long as the pressure is sufficient to overcome the upward pressure exerted by the spring, and to force the piston downwardly sufiiciently to shift the valve, the hammer will operate, and the pressure may vary from that which is barely suflicient to force down the piston, to all that the housing will withstand, and the force of the blow struck by the hammer will neverthe less remain constant at all times; because the blow is delivered under the influence of the spring and not the air. A valve 58 may be inserted in the air line to control the supply, and the speed of operation of the hammer may also be controlled thereby if desired, although ordinarily it is desired to have it strike as rapidly as possible. By means of this valve also, the hammer may be retracted from the dolly sufliciently to produce. a needed space between them, and the hammer will hold such position, as long as it has not been retracted sufliciently to shift the valve. Thus if it becomes necessary to use the device upon material which is thicker at the edge than the part wished to be worked, as automobile fenders, which usually have a bead at the edge, the hammer head may be retractedsumciently to allow slipping the bead between the hammer and the dolly by merely opening the valve 58 slightly, or until the piston has been forced downwardly a short distance. While it will be apparent that the illustrated embodiment of my invention herein disclomd is well calculated to adequately fulfill the'objects and advantages primarily stated, it is to be understood that the invention is susceptible to variation, modification and change within the spirit and scope of the subjoined claims. What I claim is: 1. In a hammering machine having a cylinder and a truck type piston reciprocable therein, means comprisinga guide member projecting into the space encompassed by the skirt of the piston for preventing relative rotative movement of the piston and cylinder, and a spring partially housed within the piston, surrounding the guide member and urging the piston in one direction. 2. In a fluid-driven hammering machine, a housing, a reciprocable trunk type piston within the housing, valvular controlling 'means within the housing for the motivating fluid, comprising a circumferentially shiftable sleeve valve surrounding the piston, actuating means for the valve comprising a shifting member carried by the piston, means engaging the piston for preventing relative rotation thereof, and a spring urging the piston in one direction and partially housed therewithin. 3. In a fluid-driven hammer, a housing, a cylinder therein, a trunk type piston reciprocable within the cylinder, a reciprocable hammer carried by the piston, means for preventing rotation of the piston, an annular shifting controlling valve carried by the housing and encircling the reciprocating parts for controlling the inlet and exhaust of the motivating fluid, a valve actuating member carried by the reciprocable parts for shifting the valve, and a spring arranged partly within the skirt of the piston for urging the same in one direction. 4. In a fluid-driven hammer, a housing, a cylinder therein, a trunk type piston reciprocable within the cylinder, a reciprocable hammer connected to the piston and projecting through and from the housing, a source of flu-id supply deliverable under pressure to the housing and injectable thereinto upon the hammer side of the piston, a shiftable valve carried by the housing for controlling the 'inlet thereto and exhaustion therefrom of the motivating fluid, valve actuating means carried by the reciprocable parts for shifting the controlling valve, a spring arranged within the skirt of the piston and normally urging the same toward the fluid inlet, thus forcing the hammer outwardly, whereby injection of fluid into the housing causes movement of the piston away from the inlet to retract the hammer, and release of the fluid pressure permits movement of the piston toward the inlet, causing outward movement of the hammer, under the influence of said spring. CHARLES HOPKINS.

Description J. M. BROWNING AUTOMATIC FIREARM Feb. 22,1927. 1,618,510 .Filed June 28, 1923 2'Sheets-Sheet l J. M. BROWNING AUTOMATIC FIREARM Feb. 22, 1927; 1,618,510 "Filed June 2a. 192s 2 sheets-sheet 2 edf? a x46y i f f ,za 70416670 E /g Y El; 55. .55.' @35 H5317.. i 3," "la parts are shown in elevation. Patented Feb. 22, 1927. 'PATENT OFFICE. JOHN M. BROWNING, 0F OGDEN, UTAH. AUTOMATIC FIREARM. Application filed June 28, 1923. Serial No. 648,275. My invention relates to automatic firearms of that description in which all operations of the mechanism, except that of the trigger, are automatically effected by the energy of recoil of movable parts. Y A main object of thel present invention is to provide an automatic pistol of this character which is strong, simple in construction, accurate, reliable and safe in operf ation, and easy and economical of manufacture. This object is attained by simplifying the mechanism employed in .firearms of this class by providing a novel improved 'construction and co-ordination of certain members of thel mechanism, thereby enabling 'these parts to perform several distinct functions and 'thus reducing the vnumber of component parts and by giving to all parts such form and organizing them in such manner that they may be readily assembled or dis- `assembled without requiring the use of any tools or accessories. Other and further objects and advantages of my new improvements will appear from the specifications and drawings in which I show and describe an automatic pistol incorporating my improvements in a preferred form. Also the utility and value of some of my improvements arenot limited to their use in an automatic pistol but they are equally valuable and useful in any automatic firearm of the recoil operated type. In the accompanying drawings: Fig. 1 is a front view of the forward porytion of the frame, the breech slide and the barrel of a pistol embodying my new improvements. Fig. 2 is a left-hand side elevation of said pistol. Fig. 3 is a central vertical longitudinal section through the forward portion of the arm, showing the barrel and breech slide in their forward locked position, and the trigger in its normal position. Certain of the Fig. 4 .hows the tagger and the parts 4mounted thereon detached, in a front view and in a left-hand side View; in the side view, the rear portion of the trigger is shown in a vertical longitudinal section. Fig.` 5 is a central vertical longitudinal section of a portion of the frame, including the trigger guard, 'showing' the trigger in elevation and in position for bodily downward movement to withdraw it from its seat inthe frame, the barrel having'been removed from the frame. Fig. 6 is a central vertical longitudinal section through the upper portion of the arm, showing the barrel and breech slide'in their rearward positions, and the trigger in its normal position. Certain of the parts are shown in elevation. y Fig. 7 is a bottom view ofthe breech slide with the breech bolt in place in the rear portion of said slide. Fig. 8 is a top view of the frame, showing the cartridge magazine, having a cartridge remaining therein, in its seat in the frame and also showing the slide stop in its relation to the magazine follower. Fig. 9 is a central vertical longitudinal section through a portion of the arm, showing the movable'parts in the position they occupy at the instant when a shell is being ejected; in vthis view the forward portion of the breech bolt is vertically sectioned in the plane of the ejector and the ejector with the part of the frame with which it is integrally formed are shown in elevation. Fig. l() shows the ejector and the part of the frame with which it is integrally formed, detached, in a'top view, in a left-hand side view and in afront` view. Fig. 11 is a left-hand side View of the magazine detached. Fig. 12 is a central vertical longitudinal y section through the upper rear portion of the arm, showing the barrel, breech slide and breech bolt in their forward position and the firing pin in the uncooked position, certain of theparts being shown in elevation. Fig. 13 is a central vert-ical longitudinal. section through theI upper rear portion of the arm, showing the breech slide and breech bolt some distance rearward of their forward position and the firing pin and Sear in the cocked position. Certain of the parts are shown in elevation.` Fig. 14' is a central vertical longitudinal section through the upper rea-r portion of the frame, as seen from the. right, showing the breech bolt in its forward position and showing also the connections between the trigger andthe sear. Certain parts 'are shown in elevation. Fig. l5 is a central vertical longitudinal section through the rear, portion of the are shown in elevation. breech slide and through the breech bolt with the safety piece in its lower position locking the sear and the breech bolt; an adjacent portion of the frame and a portion of the safety piece cooperating with thel frame and with the Sear, being each shown in vertical section but slightly to the left of the vertical central plane of the arm. Fig. 16 shows the extractor, detached, in ing the relative position of the slide stop and the magazine follower with one cartridge remaining` 1n said magazine. Certaln parts Fig. 20 is a vertical longitudinal section through the upper portion of the magazine and the adjacent portion of the frame, showing the relative position of the breech slide, slide stop and magazine follower after the last cartridge has been removed from the magazine and fired. Certain parts are lshown 1n elevation. Figs. 18 to 20 are on the same scale as 21 shows the slide stop, detached and on an enlarged scale, in a to view, in a rear view, and in a left-hand s1de view; the side view shows the lower portion of said Vstop in section and its upper portion in itsv operative relation to the breech slide. Figs. 22, 23, 24 and 25 show the safety piece, detached, respectively in a front view, 1n a left-hand side view, in a rear view with a portion broken away to clearly show parts mounted therein, and in a bottom view. Fig. 26 is a front view of the firing pin, .i detached. Fig. 27 is a vleft-.hand'side view of the firing spring. Fig. 28 is a rear. view of the firing pin, detached. l 29 and 30 show the sear, detached, respectively in a top viewvand-in a rear view, Fig. 31 shows the mainspring extended and a portion of the firing pin and the sear, in longitudinal vertical section and in their cooperative .relation with said mainspring. Figs. 32, 33; 34, 35,36 and 37 show the breech bolt, detached, respectively in a central vertical longitudinal section, in a rear end view, in a bottom view, in a front end view, in a transverse section'some distance pm and searinthe cocked position, -held togetherv by the pressure of the main-- back of its forward end, andin another transverse section slightly forward ofthe middle of the bolt. f Figs. 22 to 37,'inclusive, show the parts in their actual size. Similar reference characters refer to similar parts throughout the several views. The pistol represented in the drawings comprises a frame l having vertical longitudinal flanges l'1 prolonging its sides upwardly. Between the flanges the longitudinally movable breech slide 2 is secured against vertical movement and guided in its longitudinalk movements by rib and groove connections, as shown. See Figs. 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 18, 19 and 20. The slide 2 is recessed to receive, at its forward portion 'the barrel 3 between its side walls, and in its rear portion the breech bolt il, detachably secured therein. The barrel 3 is supported and guided at its forward end by an inwardly projecting annular fiange 2l on the slide and, at its rear end, by the sides of a cam groove 3b formed in the downwardly projecting barrel lug 3a, the sides of the cam groove cooperating, for this purpose, with a fixed part of the frame, such as the transverse pin 5 extending Vthrough the rear portion of a recess formed in the frame 1 to receive the barrel lug 3a. See Figs. 3, 6, 9 and 12. lfVhen in their forward iring position, as shown in Figs. 2 and 3, the breech slide 2 and the barrel 3 are interlocked by the usual transverse ribs and grooves formed, respectively, on the upper rear portion of the barrel and in the under surface of the top wall of the breech slide (Fig. 3). In this position of the parts, a horizontal rearward extension of the upper vsurface of the 4cam groove 3b engages the top surface vof the transverse pin 5 in the manner clearly shown in Fig. 3.` The top surface of pin 5 is pref -erably flattened as shown. Upon the firing of a shot, the breech slide 2 and thejbarrel 3 recoil together until the forwardly and upwardly inclined lower surface of the cam groove 3b engages the pin 5, after the' bullet has left the barrel, thereby causing the rear portion of the barrel 'tobe cammed down during the further recoil movement and thusefecting the unlocking., of the breech slide and partly in a longitw' dnal recess in the forward portion of the frame and bearing through its guide rod 7 against the wall 1b in the frame, is compressed and said spring reacts to return the recoiling parts to their forward position as soon as the rearward movement of the slide 2 is arrested.- The barrel 3 remains in itsl rearward position, shown in Figs. 6 and 9, until the forward end of the breech bolt 4, during the return movement thereof withl the slide 2, strikes the rear end of the barrel, whereupon the parts move forward together, and said rear end of the barrel is, during such movement, again raised `to its interlocked relation with th'e breech slide by the inclined upper-surface of the cam groove 3" and is there held in such raised position by the hereinbefore mentioned horizontal exten,- sion of said camsurface, engaging the top surface of the pin 5. The forward movement of the barrel 3 and slide 2 is limited by the engagement of the front rounded face of the barrel lug 3a with the corresponding .rear face of the transverse-wall 1b of the frame. See Figs. 3 and 8. The inwardly projecting annular ange 2 at the forward end of the slide 2, in which the forward portion of the barrel is supported and guided, is of small width and there is sufficient play between said flange and the barrel to permit the slight tilting movement of the barrel for locking and unlocking said barrel and slide and also to permit the relative longitudinal movement between these parts, when unlocked, without binding or undue friction. In order to facilitate the dismounting and inspectionof the firing mechanism of the arm, all the parts of said mechanism are so constructed and arranged that they may be readily detached and withdrawn from the frame 1. To this end, the trigger 8 is removably pivoted in a vertical slot formed in the frame below the recess which receives the barrel lug 3, and a trigger pawl 9 is pivoted to the trigger to transmit the action of said trigger to the other parts of the firing mechanism, said pawl being located in a vertical slot provided therefor in the frame from which it may be removed with the trigger. To this end also, the remaining parts of the firing mechanism, which comprise the firing pin 10,-the main spring 11, the sear 12, and the sear connecting lever 13 for connecting the sear with the trigger and ltrigger pawl, are all mounted on the breech bolt14 so as. to be readily removable rearwardly from the frame'. Also mounted on the breech bolt is the extractor 16. The trigger 8 and its pawl 9 are in operative relation with the' remaining parts of the firing mechanism only when the breechv slide 2 is in its forward position with the breech-slide -and barrel locked and the breech closed. Then, the forward end of the sear -the trigger pawl 9; thus the arm cannot beA tired, even if the trigger is pulled back, until v, the breech slide and barrel are fully locked and the-breech closed. The trlgger pawl 9 1s normally held 1n a rearward posit-ion, as shown in Figs. 3, 4, 6,. 8 and 14, under the act-ion of the trigger spring 8a which has one end thereof bearing on a' rearward projection (Figs. 4 and 14) formed on the integral pivot 9a of said pawl. If t-he trigger is held back, after firing .a shot, until the breech slide 2 and the parts movable therewith return to their forward position, the upper end of the pawl 9 will be swung forwardly against the tension of the spring 8a during the last portion of such return movement by the engagement of the forward end of the sear connecting lever 13 with said pawl, and it will therefore be impossible to fire another shot untilc t-he trigger is released. TheY release of the trigger 8 will allow its return forward under the tension of its spring 8a (Figs. 3, 4, 6 and 14) and during such return of the trigger, the pawl 9 will be lowered until its upper end moves belowthe forward end of the lever 13, thereby permitting said upper end to return rearward, also under the tension of the trigger spring 8a, to its normal position beneath the forward end of said lever 13, thus positioning the firing mechanism for firing another shot by again pulling the trigger. back. It will be seen, by `referring to Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6 andI 14, that thetrigger 8, trigger pawl 9 and trigger spring 8a form a unitary organization of elements adapted for re"T moval as a unit from the frame; the trigger spring being for this purpose, secured to the trigger between. its ends and cooperating, at its forward vend, with theframe and, at its rear end, with the trigger pawl, as hereinbefore described. For the purpose of .easily dismounting said organization of elements, the cylindrical seats lin the frame for ,the trigger pivot are connected with t-he under surface of the frame by vertical slots of less lwidth than 4the diameter of said seats. iwhen the trigger is swung' forwardly 'be- 'lao lili lli yondits normal position, as shown in Fig. 5, against the tension of the trigger spring 8a, which by pressing the trigger pawl against the rear face of the vertical slot.i1i the frame in which said pawl is located yielding-ly opposes such movement of the trigger. In order to positively prevent the trigger from becoming detached accidentally by forward pressure on the lower finger engaging portion thereof, or otherwise, the trigger has a forwardly extending portion 8?, which by engaging the lower surface of the barrel lug 3'rl limits the forward movement of the trigger and thus prevents disassembling of the trigger unless thc barrel is first dismounted. See Figs. 3 and 6. The forward end of the spring 8aL protrudes forwardly from the slot in which it is seated in the upper forward port-ion of the trigger, and this end rests upon a shoulder formed for that purpose in the forward wall near the bottom of the trigger seat in the frame, thereby said spring 8n performs the. functions of a trigger spring by yieldingly holding the trigger finger piece in its normal forward position and by returning it to that position when released after each pull by which a shot has been fired. By normal position of trigger and pawl I mean the position shown in Figs. 3, 4, 6 and 1,4 when they are in position to actuate the sear connector to fire a shot. The breech bolt 4, shown detached in Figs. 32 to 37 inclusive, is substantially cylindrical in form and is provided at its rear. end with an enlargedportion which rojects rearwardly beyond the breech sli e 2, as shown in Figs. 2, 6 and 7. In order to secure the bolt 4 rigidly to the breech slide S, so that they may together form a heavy breech closure, a known fastening means is provided, comprising a series of ribs on the olt adapted to interlock, by giving the bolt a rotary motion after it has been inserted into the slide, with a corresponding series of grooves formed in the slide, 'as shown in Figs. 6 and 7. lTo prevent accidental rotary movement of the breech bolt in the breech slide, the breech bolt is locked by a. safety piece 14, shown detached in Figs. 22 to 25 inclusive, and in its assembled relation in Figs. 2, 6, 7 and 12 to 15 inclusive, this piece ,servinr at the Same time to close the rear end oi? the longitudinal seat formed substantially in the axis of the bolt 4 to receive the ring pin and the sear. vThe safetyl piece 14 slides, for these and other purposes, v as will be described later, in a vertical groove formed in the rear end of the breech bolt, being guided therein and locked against movelnent in a horizontal direction by the well known rib and groove connection.` A forward extension 14a at the upper end o1 piece 14 is adapted to extend into a corresponding recess formed in the top wall 'o1' the breech slide, as shown in Figs. 2 and 6, thereby locking the breech bolt against rotar movement. s is clearly shown in Figs. 26,27 and 28, the body portion ofthe ring pin 10 is cylindrical in form and mounted for longitudinal movement in the afore-mentioned seat in the breech bolt 4, said seat being of cylindrical form at its forward .portion and substantially rectangular in cross section throughout itsl rear portion, as is clearly Shown in Figs. 32, 33, 36 and 37. The tiring point l0n is adapted to protrude through an opening 4n (Figs. l5 and 32) therefor in the forward wall of the firing pin seat of the bre-ach bolt and the firing point and the opening therefore are positioned to be in line with the axis of the bore of the barrel when the barrel is in locked position and to strike the center of a cartridge seated in the barrel chamber. In the particular embodiment of my invention here shown, the firing point 10@L is eccentrically disposed above the center of the forward cylindrical portion of the in in order that it may properly contact with) the primer of a cartridge seated in the barrel chamber. The firing pin 10 is formed on the under side of its rear portion with a longitudinal guide rib 10 which projects into a slot formed in said breech bolt'below the firing pin seat therein. See Figs. 12, 13, 15, 32, 33, 34, 36 and 37. This rib forms a cooking shoulder at its forward end for engagement by the sear 12 when the parts are in the cocked position. The sear 12 consists, as shown in Figs. 12, 13, 15, 27, 29 and 30 of a member having two arms arranged substantially at right angles to each other and is mounted for sliding movement longitudinally of the breech bolt, as well as for the usual pivotal' Said movement to release the firing pin. of its vertical arm, which is guided in the rearward rectangular portion of the longitudinal seat in the breech bolt (Figs. 12, 13, 30, 34 and 37).` This laterally enlarged upper end of the sear arm serves also as the abutment for the main spring 11, being adapted to receive the thrust of said spring through a collar 15a formed at the rear end of the guide rod 15, a small tit-shaped projection on the rear surface of said collar entering a recess in the upper end 12* of the vertical rear arm of the scar (Fig. 31) to position theV guide rod 15 and spring 11. -The forward end of the spring extends into arm is formed with an upward projection 12b vforming a rearward 'shoulder which cooperates With the hereinbefore described cooking shoulder on the guide rib b ofthe firing pin 10. From the foregoing descriptio'n and the showing in Figs. 13, 15 and 27, it will `be seen that, when the forward end of the sear is swung upwardly to bring the rearward facing shoulder thereon in front of the cocking shoulder on the 'firing pin, the main spring 11 will be under compression and Vwill operate to keep the firing pin and sear engaged. The comparatively deep cooking shoulder on the rib 10b slopes downwardly and forwardly and co-operates with the corresponding cooking shoulder on the sear when the sear is in cooking position under the tension of themain spring to hold the firing pin and sear so iirmly united that they cannot be sep` arated by any unusual jars to which the pistol may be subjected. It will be noted that my form of Sear, in its relation to the firing pin and other co-operating parts, acts not only to cock and uncock the firing pin, but serves also, by its rear vertical arm, as the seat against whichI the rear end of the main spring bears, thereby permitting this spring to function not only as the main spring but also as a sear spring. This organization of sear andiiring pin makes a unit of these two parts when they are in cocked position, whereby the sear partakes of a portion of the longitudinal movement of the firing pin, whereby these two parts occupy a minimum of space, and whereby they may be readily inserted into and removed from the breech bolt as a unit. Also, when the parts are cocked and the breech bolt has returned toits forward position, the rear vertical' arm of the sear is vin position to be engaged by the safety piece 14 to be locked by said piece against movement to release the Firing pin, as hereinafter described. Along the lower portion of its horizontal arm the Sear 12 is widened to form longitudinal'ledges 12CA on the opposite sides thereof, 1 the upper surfaces of these ledges, when the horizontal arm of the scar is raised at its forward end, acting to guide'and steady the sear in its longitudinal movement by their engagement with the underside of the breech bolt, 4 at the opposite sides of the verpositioned to project under the lateral intical slot therein. 'The ledge 12c formed on the right hand side of the sear 12 has the additional function of providing a shoulder o f substantial width and length (Fig. 29) l ward extension 13a (Figs. 7 and 17) at the rear end of( the sear connecting lever 13. This lever is pivoted on a .stud 13h (Figs. 14, 34 and 36.) formed on the right hand side of the breech bolt. To' hold the lever on its pivot stud when the breech bolt is removed from 'the breech slide said lever may be' formed with a thin lip 13 at its upper edge adapted to project under va ortion of the extractor '16, thereby preventlng removal of the lever without rst removing the extractor. The automatic cooking of the armfis 'a downward projection 12d, which is located above a transverse recess 17 formed in the upper surface of the frame, as shown in Fig. 14, lwhenthe parts arein the firing position. If now, the trigger 8 is pulled back, it operates in the manner hereinbefore described, to raise the forward end and lower the rear end of the sear connecting levoer in such manner that the inward projection 13a bears upon the forward end of-the ledge 12c of the seary (Fig. 14) and thus depresses the forward end of the sear-12 to release the ring pin 10 to fire a shot, assumingthat a cartridge is located in the barrel chamber. When the rsear 12 is accordingly .held stationary be cause of theengagement ofthe rear surface of its downward projection 12d with the rear wall of the recess 17 and the engagement of the upper surface of projection 12b with the under surface of firing pin rib 10b, and since the firing pin 10 is constrained to move rearward with the breech slide 2 and breech bolt 4 the main spring 11 will be compressed against the vertical rear arm of the sear until the rearward movement of the firing pin has brought the cooking shoulder on its guide rib l()b opposite the co-operating shoulder on the sear 1-2. When the parts arrive in this position, the camming action offthe inclined rear surface'on the4 downward-proj ection 12d of the sear a ainslt the cgi-respondingly inclined rear wal of the rcess 17 iny the frame'and't "tension of thel main spring 11 together cause the sear to swing upwardy at its forward end to assume the position shown in Fig. 13. The downward projection 12d having left the (recess 17 in the frame, the Sear will now participate in the further rearward movement ofthe breech slide, the lower portions of the Sear being guided in .a shallow longitudinal groove formed in the \top of the frame' from the transverse recess downward projection 121V at the forward end of .thek scar 12 comes intok 'engagement with ortiony yof the yforwardwall ot the recess 1y kin the frame, the forward wall y -being- Lhigher than the `rear wall of saidk the kupper recess (Figs. 6, 14 and 15), and the sear and firing 'pinare thus prevented fromy takmg part in thek final movement of the breech A slide, therebyy bringing them in the cocked ioy condition to a rearward position in the breech bolt 4 as shown yin Figs. 14 and .1.5.y c f It `will be seen by reference to Figs. 14 and i fr 17-that the lateral inward extension'la at i. mate point in the pull of the trigger kwhen v the firing pin will be released. vBy making the kengaging surface of the extension 13a 4slope upwardlyy ina gradualr curve from front to rear, they point of Contact between y k"extension 13k and the sear ledgelwill move kso f force exerted on the sear and requiring fin-r rearwardlyalong the Sear ledge as thetrig-k ger is drawn rearwardly andthe ysear 1sy de`r pressed, therebyk decreasing ythe kleverage ycreased pull on the trigger as'the iringpoint is approached. kThis necessity for an `in-y creased pull on thek trigger gives they shooter f warning of the time of yrelease'of ther firing 1n. p If, while the parts are in the cocked position, shown in Figs. l14 and 15, it is desired to lockthe firing mechanism, vthis may be done through the co-operation of the safety piece 14 with a part of thefiring mechanism, namely, the sear 12, whereby sald scar is locked against movement to release the vfiring pin. For this purpose the safety piece 14 can be moved to a lower position, as' shown in Fig. 15. Inwardly projecting ribs 14" are provided at the opposite sides of the upper portion of a verticaL groove (Figs. 15, 22 and 25), into which groove the rear portion of the vertical arm of the sear 12 projects when the parts are in the firing position as shown in Figs. 14 and 15. The ribs 14" engage in corresponding grooves 12 (Figs. l15 and 29) formed in the opposite sides of the upper portion of said sear arm, and thereby lock the sear against swinging movement to release the firing pin. When moved to its lower position (Fig. 15) not only does the piece 14 1ock.their1ng mechanlsm, but' it also serves to lock the breech bolt 4 and consequently the breech slide 2 against rearward movement. For this purpose, the bifurcated lower end [of the safety piece 14 see Figs. 15, 22 and 24, 4A .isadapted to enter corresponding recesses on 'with the heads of the screws 21. n n n plungers 19are radapted toy engage corre-f 18 in the frame (Figs. 8, 10 and 15) when the safety piece is in-its lower position. In` order to retain the safety piece/14 either inits upper or in its lower positionsy andto allow it vto be readily shifted from yone position to the other at the will of the shooter, co-operating means are providedon said piece 14 and the breech bolt 4 Lfor yieldingly'holding thepiece in either position. To this end, the safety piecev is provided 'with a transverse seat in which are arranged [opposed plungers y19 actuated to project ylaterally from the safety piece 14 bya com mon spring 20.(Fig-24) theloutward more# ment of saidplungers beingy limitedby thek engagement of stopshoulders formed ,there spending recesses 22 and 23 (Figs. 32' and 33) formed in the sidewalls of the vertical groove in which thesa-fetypiece 14 is guided Lin the rear end of the bolt 4. "Thesere- -f cesses are yshallow and have'their edges tions of the plungers engaging said recesses' The' are correspondingly formed(see"Figs. 22, 23and 24),-whereby-r it is possible forthey shooter yby simply pressing upwardly on the ypiece 14 to moveit from' its' lower position where the plungers :19 are; inv engagement with the lower recesses 22 to the upper position, the plungersvbeing cammed out of the klower recesses 22 insomoving the safety fpiece'14 and rfinally snapping into the upper w y recesses 23 when theyare moved opposite s'ald recesses, and vice versa. Provision is made to prevent the accidental movement of the safety piece 14 'upwardly above the position shown in Figs. 2, 6, 12 and 13, and such limiting means may consist in having the vertical.. grooves at the sides of the safety piece 14 terminate short of the lower end of said member,`as shown in Figs. 22 and 225. In order to prevent injury to theparts, if the safety piece 14 should be accidentally moved to its lower position while the slide 2 is in its rearward position, the lower forward portion of. said piece is formed with a beveled surface (Figs. 6, 13, 15 and 23) and a corresponding surface is 'formed at the rear of the frame (Figs. 2, 6, 9 and 12 to l5) so that even if the slide 2-is' permitted to return forward vunder the tension of the reaction spring 6 when the safety piece 14 is in its lower position, no 'harm will result, because saidpiece will be automatically cammed up Vto its upper position by the engagement of its beveled surface with the corresponding surface on the/frame. ' The usuaitl'magazine` is shown as held by thev catch 31, F ig. 2, in a seat formed to receive said magazine in the downwardly extending'grip\portion of the frame, and is 'provided with the follower 25 which isthe cartridges are removed, by the follower spring 26 which is guidedat its upper end by the downward projection a on the follower, and which bears at its lower end against the bottom 24a of the magazine. As shown in Figs. 11, 19 and 20 the forward portion of the magazine is' ofless height than the rear portion which permits the front portion of the follower to project above the forward edge of the magazine when the last cartridge is gone. This is for a purpose about to be described. To indicate to the shooter that the maga. zine has become empty, means are provided to co-operate with the follower 25. when it rises to its highest position (Fig. 20) after the last cartridge has been removed from the magazine and tired,y to stop the breech slide 2 in its rearward position, as shown in Figs. 6 and 20. Such means may comprise a substantially cylindrical slide stop 27 having its lower portion extending into a hole formed in the frame just forward of the magazine seat and adjacent the left hand side of the fra-me. A light spring 27L secured at one end to the body of the slide stop," as shown in Fig. 21, and bearing with its opposite end against the wall of the hole, frictionally holds said stop either in its operative or in its inoperative position. Near its upper end the stop 27 is formed with, a rearward projection 27c which extends over the low forward wall of the magazine 24 into the path of the magazine followers 25. See Fig. 8. yNormally the slide stop 27 is in its inoper- Vative position shown in Fig. 19, where it permits unobstructed movement of the slide 2, but after thelast cartridge has been removed from the magazine, the follower 25 in rising to its uppermost position shown in Fig. 20, engages the rearward projection 27 c on the slide stop and lifts the same, when the'breech slide recoils after the firing of said last cartridge, so that its upper end projects into a recess 2c formed in the bottom of the left-hand wall of the breech slide 2, and holds the slide retracted near itsn rearwhich the slide stop 27 is depressed by simply grasping'the slide 2 andretracting it to its rearmost position, during which movement an inclined surface at the forward end of the recess 2' in the vslidev engages a .corresponding surface on the forward side of the upper end of the slide stop 27, thereby -camming` the stop to its lower inoperative position. The breech slide 2 can now be moved forward to tiring positlon, at the same time forcing the topmost cartrldge from the magazine into the chamber of the barrel and thus again conditioning the arm for continued tiring aslong as there are any cartridges in the magazine. It will be noted that the frame iswiderthan customary and the slide is carried inside the frame. The stop 27 can therefore cooperate with the slide and yet be entirely concealed within the frame where it can not be tampered with. A attened extension on the lower end of the slide stop-27 permitsl the slide stop to serve as a small screw driver if one is. desired. The cartridge extractor l16 (Figs. 14 and 16) is provided with the usual hook-shaped forward end for engaging the groove at'the base of a cartridge and is formed at its rear end as shown in Fig. 16 with a thin rounded extension 16b adapted to be inserted into a longitudinally extending hole on the breech bolt (Figs. 14 andv 37). The extractor is held against longitudinal movement by an inwardly projecting stud 16a near its front end engaging in a recess therefor in the bolt 4, and it is also held against vertical movement at its forward end by reason of its location between two projecting lugs on the bolt 4 (Figs. 14 and 35). The side of the bolt oppositethe extractor is formed with the usual forward projection (Figs. 34 and 35) to support the head of a cartridge on the side thereof opposite said extractor. The ejector 29 as clearly shown in Fig. 9, projects upwardly into a vertical longitudinally extending groove formed ,in the under side of the left-hand side of the breech bolt 4', and when the breech bolt recoils with the breech slide 2 after the firing of a shot, the extractor 16 'withdraws the cartridge case in- Fig. 9, where the ejector is shown pro-- jecting from the front face of the breech bolt and engaging the base of the cartridge to swing it outplaterally through the ejection opening in the right-hand side of the breech slide in the usual manner. For convenience of manufacture, the` ejector is. as shown in Figs. 8, 9 and 10, integrally formed at the forward portion of a piece 29a, constituting a part of the frame 1 of the arm but formed separately from the main body of said frame, being securely united to said body by any suitable means, such as the screws 30, shown in-Fig. 8. 'L' The main parts of the arm can be readily disassembled as follows: vThe magazine 24 'is removed by pressing ,in the magazine catch 31 allowing the magazine to dropout of the frame.' The breech slide 2 is now drawn rearwardly to its rearmost position, where the safety piece 14 can'be removed by downward pressure thereon. This leaves the rearend of the breech bolt 4 open for the withdrawal of the Afiring pin 10 and Sear 12 lll) y to be withdrawn rearwardly. By raising lli in the cocked condition shown in Fig. 27. After the withdrawal of these parts from thebolt 4, it can be rotated through approximately 90 to disengage the rib and groove connection, .locking t-he bolt to the breech slide, thereby permitting said bolt the forward end of the arm so as to cause the barrel 3 to remain in its rearward posi? provements and for the purpose of explaining the nature of my improvements, various features of my invention may be eniployed independently of the Irest and in hand-operated or other firearms of a different kind from. thatwhich I have described herein, and that various changes in the form and arrangement of the parts may be made without departing from the spirit of my invention. What I claim and desire to secure by Y Letters Patent is: ' means operative when said barrel and framel are in their forward rlng pos1t1on, to main-p 1. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a frame, a recoiling breech slide mounted for longitudinal movement on said frame, a recoiling barrel mounted for longitudinal movement relative to said frame, means for interlockin said barrel, -and frame, a cam on said. arrel and a transverse pin on said frame adapted to cooperate with said cam to render said interlocking tainsaid parts in their locked relation during the initial recoil of said parts and there- 'after to unlock said parts during their fur-v l ther recoil. 2. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a frame, a recoiling breech .slide mountedfor longitudinal movement on said frame, a recoiling barrel mounted for longitudinal movement relative to said frame, means for interlocking said barrel and frame, a cam on' vsaid barrel, and a transverse pin on said frame adapted to cooperate to render said interlocking means operativev when 'said barrel and frame are in their forward firing position, to maintain said parts interlocked during their initial recoil, thereaftento unlock said parts during their further recoil and to limit the rearward movement of thebarrel. breech slide and a recoiling barrel mounted thereon, said barrel being so mounted as to be capable of being tilted relative to said slide, means for interlocking said barrel and slide, a lug on said barrel extending into said recess in said frame and having a cam groove, and a fixed transverse pin in said recess positioned to cooperate with said vcam groove, whereby said barrel and slide' are held interlocked when in their forward firing position and during their initial recoil, whereby the barrel is tilted out of interlocked relation with said slide during their further rearward movement and whereby the rearward movement of the barrel is limited by engagement of said pin with ,the front end of said groove. l 4. In an automatic rearm, the combination of a frame, a breech slide mounted for longitudinal movement on..said frame, a barrel also mounted for longitudinal :movei ment relative to said fra-me, means for intei-locking said barrel and slide, a lug on said barrel having a cam groove, a cam pin on said frame, and an abutment onsaid frame, said cam groove and pin cooperating during the rearward movement of said barrel and slide to unlock said barrel and slide and to limit the rearward movement of said barrel and said lug engaging said abutment on the frame on the forward movement-'of said barrel and slide and limiting the forward movement of said barrel andA slide. 5. In a firearm, the combination of a frame, a trigger pivotallymounted therein, means whereby said trigger may be dismounted from said frame by rotating it a predetermined distance beyond its normal movement in one direction, and means to yieldingly oppose such rotation of the trigger. 6. In a firearm, the combination4 of av frame having a seat for the trigger pivot and a slot narrower than the diameter of said seat extending from said seatI to the outer surface of the frame, ind a trigger having a pivot with flattened sides permitting said pivot to be passed through said slot for assembly or disassembly of the trigger when the lsame has been rotated a predetermined distance beyond its normal limit of'movement in one direction. 7. .lIng aa' rearm, v*the 'combination of a frame, a trigger pivotally mounted therein, a trigger pawl pivotally mounted on said trigger, afcommon spring for said trigger and said pawl also` mounted on said trigger, and means whereby the trigger and the parts lmounted thereon may be disassembled.V as a unit from the frame by rotating said trigger a predetermined distance beyond its normal limit of movement in one direction. 8. In a firearm, the combination of a 3. In an automatic lirearm, the combinawliframe, a barrel removably mounted theretionof a frame having a recess, a recoilmg on, a trigger pivotally mounted in said frame, means whereby the trigger may be dismounted from the frame by rotating it a predetermined distance beyond its normal limit of movement in one direction, and -means comprising a part of said barrel for preventing such abnormal movement while the barrel -is in assembled position on the frame. 9. In, a firearm, the combina-tion 4of a frame havinga recess therein, a barrel having a lug projecting into said recess, a trigger mounted in said frame below said lug, and means whereby said trigger may be disassembled from the frame by rotation beyond its normal limit of movement in a forward direction, said barrel lug being so positioned as to prevent such rotation of the trigger while the barrel is in assembled position in the firearm. 10. In a. firearm, the combination of a frame having an abutment, a trigger pivotally mounted in said frame and deinountable by rotating it a predetermined distance beyondits normal limit of movement in one direction, a trigger pawl mounted on said trigger in co-operative relation with said abutment, and a spring mounted on said trigger and normally holding said pawl against said abutment, as and for-the pur- Vpose specified. 11. In an automatic firearm, .the combination of a frame, a reeoiling breech slide, a recoiling barrel, means for interlocking said barrel and slide when in their forward pos'tion, a lug on said barrel having cam surfaces, a cam pin on said frame, and a trigger pivota'lly mounted in said frame, means whereby said trigger may be removed from said frame when it has beeii rotated a predetermined distance beyond its normal limit of movement in one direction, said lug being so positioned as to co-operate with said cam pin to unlock the barrel and frame during their recoil and to engage said trigger when it is rotated beyond its normalposition Aand thereby prevent disassembly of said trigger from said frame when the barrel is in assembled position in said firearm. 12. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a frame, a trigger mounted in said frame` a breech closure .mounted for longitudinal reeiprocatory movement on said frame` a. spring-actuated firing pin and a seal' for holding said firing pin in cocked condition, both carried by said breech closure, a sear connecting lever mounted on said closure, and means operatively connecting said trigger and said lever only when the breech closure is in its forward position. 13. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a frame. a trigger mounted in said frame, a breech bolt mounted for longitudinal movement on said frame, a firing pin and a sear carried by said. bolt, a. sear connecting lever mounted on `said bolt, and means operatively connect-- ing said lever with said trigger, said means comprising a trigger pawl pivotal'lyl and yieldingly mounted on said trigger whereby it will yield longitudinally of the frame if the trigger is held back when the bolt moves to its forward position and will return into operative relation with said lever upon the release of said trigger. 14. In. a firearm, a breech bolt having a longitudinal seat, a firing pin mounted for longitudinal movement in said seat, a -mainl spring therefor, and a sear mounted in said seat and forming an abutment for said main spring. 15. In a firearm. a breech bolt having a longitudinal seat open to the rear, a firing pin mounted for 'longitudinal movement in said seat. a main spring therefor, a sear mounted. in said seat and forming ,an abutment for. said main spring, and a closure for the rear end of said seat forretaining said firing pin, main spring and scar in assembled relation with said breech bolt. 16. In a firearm, a breech bolt having a longitudinal seat open to the rear, a firing pin, main spring and sear independent of said firing pin insertable as a unit into said seat through said open rear end, and a closure for the rear end of said seat for retaining said firing pin, main spring and Sear in assembled relation with said bolt. ' 17. In a firearm, a breech bolt, a firing pin having a cooking shoulder, a main spring having one end thereof bearing against said firing pin, a scar serving as an abument for the other end of said mainspring and hav' ing a shoulder for operative engagement with the cooking shoulder on said firing pin, whereby said mainspring serves to hold the firing pin andthe sear together in the cocked condition, and a seat in said breech bolt in which the firing pin, mainspring and sear are mounted for longitudinal movement whereby said bolt and said pin, spring and sear may have relative longitudinal movement. f- 18. lIn a firearm, a breech bolt having a i longitudinal seat, a firing 'p in, main spring' and sear insertable as a unit into said seat in the cocked condition` a closure for the rear end of said seat for retaining said firin. A pin, main spring and sear mounted in sai seat, said closure bemg'adapted to lock the sear against movement touncock the firing pin. 19. In a firearm, the combination of a breech bolt, a firing pin and sear mounted in said-breech bolt, said-firing pin and said sear Ihaving cooperating rocking shoulders, said sear having an abutment, and a main spring bearing at one end against the firing pin and at the othen'against thek sear abutresponding locking grooves and ribs, respecment, 'whereby said spring will yieldingly hold said cooking shoulders in cocking engagement. 20.l In a firearm, the combination of a firing pin having a cocking shoulder, a floating sear having a horizontalarm with .a cooking shoulder to cooperate with said shoulder on the firing pin and a vertical arm, and a spring abutting at one end against lthe firing pin and at its oth`er"-end against said vertical scar arm, whereby when the' cooking shoulders are in cooking engagement said spring will be compressed and yieldingly hold said shoulders in firm engagement. d ' 21. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a frame, a breech'bolt mounted vfor longitudinal movement on said frame, firing mechanism movably mounted in said bolt, Yand means carried by said bolt for simultaneously locking said mechanism againstfiring movement and said` bolt against longitudinal movement on the frame. 22. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a frame, a breech bolt mounted for longitudinal movement on said frame, a spring-actuated firing pin carried by said bolt, a sear also carried by said bolt and i operative to hold said firing pin in cocked condition, and a slidable safety vmember mounted on said bolt and movable to lock said sear against movement to uncock'said .firing pin and to lock said breech bolt against longitudinal movement. 23. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a breech bolt, a spring-actuated firing pin mounted in said bolt, a sear mounted for pivotal movement in said bolt and operative to cock said firing pin, and a slidably safety member on said bolt, said Sear and said safety member being formed with cortively, whereby said safety member may be moved to interlock said grooves and ribs and thereby to prevent movement of said 'sear to uncoek the firing pin. 24. In an automatic firearm, combination of a frame, a breech bolt mounted for longitudinal movement on said frame, a firing pin andv a sear mounted for longitudinal movement relative to said frame, and means for holding the sear against rearward movement during the initial rearward movement of said firing pin' after firing a shot1 whereby the firing pin in its rearward movement engages with said Sear to automatically cock. .said pin. v25. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a frame having a shoulder, a breech bolt mounted for longitudinal movement on said frame, and a spring-actuated firing pin and a Asear having cooperating cooking shoulders and both mounted for longitudinaL movement, said scar having a shoulder cooperating with the shoulder on the frame to hold the scar against rearward movement during the rearward movement of said bolt and firing pin after firing a shot and until said cooking shoulders engage each other, whereby the firin pin in its rearward motion with said bo t engages with said scar to automatically cock said pin. 26. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a movably mounted firing pin, a movably mounted Sear having an vupwardly extending arm and a forwardly extending arm, a, main spring abutting at one end against said firing pin and at its other end against said. upwardly extending sear arm, and cooperating cooking shoulders on said forwardly extending scar arm and said firing pin, whereby the said spring will hold said shouldersv 1n firm cocked engagement and whereby the firing pin and sear, when4 cocked, can be moved as a unit. 27. In an automatic firearm, the combinat-ion of a recoiling firing pin, a longitudinall movable scar, cooking shoulders on said firing pin and scar, an abutment on said seal', a main spring bearing at one end against said firing pin and at the other' against said sear abutment, means for holding said seal' against rearward movement on the initial recoil of said firing pin, whereby said cocking shoulders will engage to cock said pin and said pin and sear will thereafter move rearwardly together, means for arresting the forward motion of said firing pin and sear and means for uncocking said pin whereby it will move to full forward position to fire a shot. u 28. In an automatic firearm,`the combination of a frame, a breech bolt mounted for longitudinal reclprocatory movement on said frame, a firing pm and afsear both mounted for longitudinal movement in said bolt, cocking shoulders on said )in and seal', iin-inclined surface on said rame and a like inclined surface on said sear, said surfaces coment during the initial recoil of said bolt and pin and until said in has reached a position where said cQckmg shoulders can engage. each other and then moving said Sear to cock said pin. 29. In an automatic firearm, the combina# tion of a frame having a transverse recess formed in its up er surface, a longitudinall movable breec 1 bolt, a firing pnmounted for longitudinal movement in said bolt and having a depending longitudinal rib forming a cockin'g'shoulder, a main spring for actuating said firing pin, and a scar mounted for.1ongitudinal and pivotal movement in said bolt and serving as an abutment for the main spring, said sear having a forwardly extending armbelow` said firing pin provided with a rearward facin shoulder for firing pin and provided also withv a downward projection near its forward lend arranged above said transverse recess in the frame'when the parts are in the firing position, said projection. entering said recess when t-lie sear is moved to uncock the firing pin and being held therein by the engagc' nient of said sear arii'i with the under surface of said depending rib on the forward movement of the firing pin to fire a shot and said sear projection being held in said recess during the initial rearward movement of the firing pin and bolt whereby the antoiiiatic cocking of the arin is effected. 30. In an'automatic firearm, combination of a frame having a transverse recess with a high front wall and a low rear wall, a longitudinally movable breech bolt, a longitudinally movable firing pin, a iii-ainv spring, a longitudinally movable scar, co-opcrating cocking shoulders on said scar and pin, a downward project-ion on said sear positioned above said recess when the parts are in their I cocked firing position, said projection entering said recess when the sear is moved to uncock the firing pin, the said low rear wall of said recess engaging said projection to hold the sear against rearward inoven'icntduring the initial recoil of said bolt and pin whereby said rocking shoulders engage each other and said high front wall engaging said projection on forward motion of said pin and sear to hold said scar against full forward mo-v tion and to hold said pin from full forward motion until said cocking shoulders are disengaged, and means for diseiigaging said cooking shoulders. 3l. 1n an automatic firearm, the combination of al frame, a breech slide mounted for longitudinal reciprocatory movement on said frame, a breech bolt adapted to be secured in said slid )y a rotary movement, and a safety men'i'ner inovably mounted on said breech bolt and adapted to be at Will moved into either of two operative positions, said safety member, when in one of said posil tions, being adapted tolock said breech b`olt lagainst rotary movement and, when in the other of said posit-ions, beingadapted to also lock said bolt and slide against longitudinal y,movement on the frame. 32. In an` automatic firearm, the combina tion of a frame having a locking recess, a breech slide'mounted for longitudinal recip rocatory movement on said frame, a breech bolt adapted to be secured iii'said slide by a rotary motion, a vertically slidable member at the rear end of said bolt and adapted to be at will moved into either of two opera tive positions, said member, when in its upper position, locking said breech bolt against rotary movement and, when in its lower position, also locking said bolt and 'de against longitudinal movement by reasoniof vthe engagement of its lower portion with said locking recess in the frame, and meansl for yieldingly holding said member in either position. 32h In an a'utomatic firearm, the combination of a frame having a recess at itsA rear end, a breech bolt mounted for longitudinal reciprocatory movement on said frame, a safety member mounted for vertical Inovenient at the rear end of said bolt, said safety member being constructed and arranged, when in its lower positionyto cooperate with said recess iii the frame to lock the breech bolt in its forward position, and correspending cani surfaces at the lower end of said nieiiibei' and at the rear end of said frame, respectively, said surfaces cooperating, if the safety' member is moved to its lower position while the breech bolt is in a Jrearward position, to automatically move said safety member to its upper position during'the forward movement of said bolt. 34. 1n an automatic firearm, the conibination of a frame, a breech slide mounted for llongitudinal movement on said frame, a breech bolt adapted to be secured in said slide` firing mechanism inovably mounted'in said bolt, a safety member slidably mounted on said breech bolt and adapted to be at will moved into either of two operative positions, said safety member, whenin one of said positions, being adapted to lock said breech bolt from movement, relative to said slide and to also lock said firing mechanism against firing movement, and means `for yieldingly holding said member in either posit-ion. 35. In an automatic firearm, the combina tion of a breech bolt having a longitudinalv iio tion in said bolt, and means on said closurel for locking said, sear against movement to uncoek the firing p1n. 36. In an automatic firearm, the combina tion of a reeiproeatory breech slide, a breech bolt, means for interlocking said breeclr bolt with said slide, a longitudinal seat in said bolt 'open at the rear, a firing pin land sear mounted for longitudinal nievenient in said seat,- a closure for the rear end of said seat inovably mounted at the rear end -of said bolt, means on said closure forflocking said'bolt from disengagement withsaid slide, and means on said closure for locking said sear from movement. ' .37. In' an automatic firearm, the combination of a frame' having a substantially vertical magazine seat therein, a cartridge magazine removably held in said seat and having a low forward wall, a spring actuv below said side wall of the breech slide, a spring for frictionally holding said stop against movement, said stop having a rearward projection extending over the low for ward wall of said magazine into the pat-h of said follower, whereby said follower, after the last cartridge has been removed from the magazine and fired, lifts the slide stop to cause its upper end to project in. front of the rear wall of said recess, there'- by stopping said slide in a rearward position, and cooperating surfaces on the upper end of said stop and on the forward wall of said recess, res iectively, whereby the stop may -be autolnatlcally depressed to its inoperative position by manually -retracting said slide rearwardly on the frame. 38. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a frame, recoiling mechanism mounted on said frame, a cartridge magazine and a follower therein, means mounted inside the frame and positioned to be actuated by engagementby said follower when in its raised position and the magazine is empty to engage said recoiling mechanism and stop its normal return movement after recoil, and means on said recoiling mechanism'whieh will engage said stop means on retraction of said mechanism and return it to its normal vnoncngaging position when free from engagement by said follower.v 39. .In an automatic firearm, the combination of'a trigger, a firing member, a sear, means for-engaging said Sear-with said .firing member to cock the same, means for operatively connecting said trigger with said scar, said means comprising a connecting lever positioned to engage said sear and to be engaged by said trigger, and means whereby the pointof contact betweensaid l lever and said sear is, during the pull of the trigger, shifted in such manner as to decrease the leverage exerted by vsald lever andV thereby necessitate aneincreased ull on the trigger as the moment of uncockm'g the firing member is approached. '40. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a trigger, a firing member, a` sear, ' means for engaging said sear with said firing member to cock the same, a connecting ,lever positioned totransmit motion of the trigger to said scarto uncock said firing member and engaging surfaces on said lever and said scar, one of said surfaces being substantially' convex whereby the point of contact between said surfaces is, during the pull on the trigger, shifted to decrease the. leverage exerted by saidlever on saidv scar to thereby necessitate an increased pull on the'trigger as the moment of uncocklng the firing mechanism is approached. 41. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a breech bolt, a firing pin, a' senr, a Sear connecting lever removably and pivotally mounted on said bolt, an extractor removably mounted on said bolt, and means for securing such extractor against movement relative to said bolt, said extractor overlying a portion of said lever and thereby holding the same in operative position on said bolt. 42. In an 'automatic firearm, the combination of a breech bolt, a Sear, a scar connector pivotally mounted on said bolt, said con` nector having a projecting lip portion, and means on said bolt to overlie said lip portion and hold said connector 'in operativel position on said bolt. i 43. In an automatic firearm, the combination of a breech bolt, a sear connector pivot ally mounted on said bolt and having a projecting lip portion, and an extractor mounted on said bolt, said extractor having a rearwardly extending portion overlying said lip and thereby holding said connector in operative position on said bolt. 44. In an automatic firearm, the combination ot' a frame. a trigger mounted in said frame, a breech closure mounted forlongitudinal recipromitory movement on said frame. a spring actuated firing pin and a sear for holding said firing in in cocked condition both carried by said breech closure, a scar connecting lever, and means operatively connecting said trigger and said lever only when the breech closure is in its forward position. 45. In a firearm, a combinationvof a firing pin'having a cooking shoulder, asear having a horizontal arm provided with a shoulder to co-operate 'with the, shoulder on the firing in and a verticaY' arm, and a spring bearlng at one end against the firing pin and at its other end against said vertical sear arm, whereby, when said shoulders are in engagement, said spring' will be compressed and yieldingly keep said firing pm nlu and sea'r together to permit assembling or l disassembling these parts as a unit. vThis specification signed and witnessed

Description United States Patent 1 1 Angell et al. 3,750,531 Aug. 7, 1973 DUAL PROTECTION SAFETY DEVICE FOR SEMI-AUTOMATIC PISTOL [76] Inventors: Robert H. Angell, 514 E. 88th St., New York, NY. 10028; Robert S. Frielich, 396 Broome St., New York, NY. 10013 [22] Filed: Sept. 13, 1971 [21] Appl. No.: 179,904 [52] US. Cl 89/148, 42/70 F [51] Int. Cl. F4lc 17/04 [58] Field of Search 42/1 A, l C, 70 R, 42/70 F; 89/148, 142 [56] References Cited UNITED STATES PATENTS 917,723 4/1909 Ehbets 89/148 125,829 4/1872 Milbank 42/70 R 1,461,387 7/1923 Fearn 89/148 2,115,041 4/1938 Obregon..... 89/148 3,601,918 8/1971 Keppeler 42/70 F FOREIGN PATENTS OR APPLICATIONS 652,391 4/1951 Great Britain 42/701 Primary Examiner-Stephen C. Bentley Att0rneyMichael Ebert [57] ABSTRACT A semi-automatic pistol having a manually-operated safety device affording dual protection whereby, should the standard safety mechanism fail, a secondary safety mechanism acts to prevent firing. The safety device is constituted by a lever pivotally mounted on the receiver of the pistol and cooperating in its operative position with a standard safety mechanism adapted to lock the striker to prevent accidental firing. To afford additional security, the lever is also adapted to cooperate with a safety block assembly having a block which is movable within a recess in the pistol slide communieating with the striker tunnel in a direction transverse to the longitudinal axis of the tunnel. The block in the operative position of the safety lever is disposed to obstruct the tunnel passage, the block being clear of the tunnel in the retracted position of the lever. 4 Claims, 8 Drawing Figures PATENTED AUG 7 75 SHEET 2 OF 2 DUAL PROTECTION SAFETY DEVICE FOR SEMI-AUTOMATIC PISTOL BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION This invention relates generally to automatic pistols, and in particular to a manual safety device for a pistol affording dual protection to prevent improper firing of the weapon. The term pistol" denotes the smallest type of firearm, a type adapted to be fired from one hand. The sole concern of the present invention is with the semiautomatic or self-loading pistol, which is a pistol so arranged and constructed that when the chamber and magazine are loaded and the trigger is pressed, the following actions take place in sequence: First, the cartridge in the chamber is fired; second, the fired car tridge case is ejected; third, the firing mechanism is cooked in readiness for the next shot; and finally, a cartridge from the magazine is loaded into the chamber in position for firing, such that when the trigger is again pressed the cycle is repeated. During rearward movement of the breech mechanism, which is effected by recoil, a disconnecting unit is automatically forced down to break the connection between the sear which holds the hammer or striker at full cock, and the trigger bar. This principle prevents the firing of more than one shot for each pull of the trigger, since the trigger must be released to permit springs to force the connecting trigger bar into position to release the sear for the next shot. In semi-automatic pistols, such as those of the Browning type, a manual safety device is provided in the form of a thumbpiece-operated lever so mounted on the receiver that pushing the lever turns a cutaway pin to lock the hammer or striker, and sometimes the sear as well. The problem with existing manual safeties is that the safety pin cannot be relied on to ensure a positive locking action, particularly if the pin is bent or otherwise distorted with continued use. This creates a hazardous condition which may result in accidental firing. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In view of the foregoing, it is the main object of this invention to provide a dual-protection safety device for an automatic pistol, the device affording an additional measure of security should the standard safety mechanism fail. Though the invention will be described in conjunction with a standard Browning automatic pistol, it is to be understood that it is also applicable to a Colt and other types of automatic pistols having thumbpieceoperated levers for actuating a safety mechanism by standard Browning, Colt and other automatic pistols having thumbpiece-operated levers for activating a safety mechanism, is meant pistols of this type as described in reference works on pistols such as the The Book of Pistols and Revolvers by W.H.B. Smith, published by W. Mililang, Service Division, the Stackpole Company. More specifically, it is an object of the invention to provide a dual-protection safety device which retains the existing safety mechanism of the automatic pistol and adds thereto a supplemental safety mechanism to prevent firing upon failure of the existing mechanism. A significant feature of the invention as applied to a Browning or similar types of commercially available automatic pistols, is that it involves a relatively minor modification of the pistol design whereby the additional safety feature may be introduced without difficulty and at low cost. Briefly stated, these objects are attained in an automatic pistol having a slide whose rear end houses a striker firing mechanism including a spring-biased striker which, when released, travels through a striker tunnel to impinge on the cap of a cartridge contained in the pistol chamber. Also provided is a safety device including a pivoted lever which when manually pushed into its operative position, actuates a standard safety mechanism such as that constituted by a cutway pin adapted to lock the striker. To afford additional security, a supplement safety mechanism is provided in the form of a safety block assembly having a spring-biased block which is movable within a slide recess communicating with the striker tunnel in a direction transverse to the longitudinal axis of the tunnel, the block having an actuating arm extending therefrom which is engageable by a projection formed on the lever, whereby in the retracted position of the lever, the block is urged by its associated spring to assume a position clearing said tunnel, and in the operative position of the lever, the block is disposed to obstruct the tunnel passage to prevent the striker from engaging the cartridge. OUTLINE OF THE DRAWING For a better understanding of the invention as well as other objects and further features thereof, reference is made to the following detailed description to be read in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, wherein: FIG. 1 is an elevational view of an automatic pistol including a dual-protection manual safety device in accordance with the invention, the safety lever being shown in the raised or operative state; FIG. 2 is the same as FIG. I, but with the safety lever shown in the retracted state; FIG. 3 is a transverse section taken through the plane indicated by line 3-3 in FIG. 1; FIG. 4 is the same as FIG. 3, except that is shows the safety lever in the retracted state; FIG. 5 is a longitudinal section taken in the plane indicated by line 5-5 in FIG. 1, with the striker retracted; FIG. 6 is the same as FIG. 5, but with the striker part way down the striker tunnel; FIG. 7 is a perspective and exploded view showing the internal mechanism of the pistol and the safety device in accordance with the invention; and FIG. 8 is a separate perspective view of the safety block assembly in accordance with the invention. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Referring now to FIGS. 1 and 2, there is shown a selfloading or semi-automatic pistol of the Browning type, having a frame or receiver 10 provided with guides adapted to support a slide 11. A sight 12 is formed on the nose of the slide. A trigger 13 is pivotally mounted within a trigger guard 14. A removable magazine containing cartridges is insertable in an internal magazine well 15 within the hollow handle 16. In the magazine, the cartridges are placed one on top of the other upon a follower, below which is a zig-zag spring resting on the magazine bottom. The rear end of slide 11 forms the breech-block and houses the extractor and the striker firing mechanism. As best seen in FIG. 7, the firing mechanism includes a striker 17, from which a striker pin 18 projects axially, the striker being engaged by one end of a helical main spring 19 whose other end is secured to a spring guide 20 receivable in a socket 21. When a loaded magazine is inserted in the handle of the pistol, drawing the slide back to the rear will force down the disconnector inside the receiver to positively disconnect the firing mechanism from the trigger. Spring 19 is compressed as the slide 11 is brought back and a projection or tail 17A is caught and held by the sear 22. When the safety device is retracted, pulling of the trigger effects disengagement of sear 22, releasing the striker which travels through the striker tunnel 23 in the slide until the striker pin 18 engages the cap of a cartridge 24 placed in the pistol chamber 25 (See FIG. The nature of the disconnector forms no part of the present invention. The function of the disconnector is to prevent firing more than one shot for each pull of the trigger. In the Browning disconnector design, a bar mounted with the sear rises so that when the slide is fully home, the top of the disconnector seats in a cut on the underside of the slide, and when so seated, the sear is in contact with the trigger bar. Any opening movement of the slide causes it to ride over the projecting head on the disconnector, thrusting it down against its spring pressure and breaking the connection between trigger bar and sear. The safety device for the automatic pistol is constituted by a lever 26, one end of which is provided with a thumbpiece 27, the other end being pivoted by a pin 28 to the receiver. When the safety lever is pushed up to occupy a horizontal position along the receiver, as shown in FIG. I, this action operates a standard safety mechanism such as a cutaway pin (not shown) adapted when actuated, to lock the striker to prevent it from travelling down the striker tunnel. The nature of the standard locking mechanism operating in conjunction with the safety lever to lock the striker or the sear, is not the concern of the present invention, which is applicable to any existing manual safety device and serves to provide an added measure of protection. As best seen in FIGS. 3 and 4, the auxiliary safety mechanism in accordance with the invention, is constituted by a block assembly movable and disposd in a recess or cavity 29, which is cut in slide 11 and communicates with the striker tunnel 23 therein. The block assembly is formed by a cylindrical block 30 having a pin 31 projecting upwardly therefrom. Surrounding the pin within a tubular cavity 33 is a spring 32. When spring 32 is compressed, the tip of pin 31 projects through the upper surface of slide 11 to provide an indication that the auxiliary safety is in its operative state, and when the pin is hidden within the slide this signifies that the safety mechanism is retracted and the pistol may be fired. Safety block 30 is provided with an offset and downwardly extending actuator arm 34 whose lowermost end is engageable by a tab 35 projecting from the upper edge of safety lever 26 at a point adjacent thumbpiece 27 (See FIG. 7). When lever 26 is in its retracted position and tab 35 is disengaged from actuator arm 34, spring 32 acts to urge safety block 30 to a position clearing striker tunnel 23 (See FIG. 4), in which event when the trigger is pulled, the striker is able to travel the full distance in the striker tunnel and to strike the cartridge in the chamber to fire the pistol. But when lever 26 is raised to assume its operative state, tab 35 engages actuator arm 34 to press block 30 upwardly against the pressure of spring 32, until a point is reached where, as shown in FIGS. 3, 5 and 6, the edge of block 30 protrudes into striker tunnel 23. In the event one then attempts to fire the pistol with the safety on, when the trigger is pulled, sear 22 will lower to release the tail 17A of striker l7 and should the main safety mechanism fail to hold striker 17, the striker will, as shown in FIG. 6, be released and travel down the striker tunnel until it is intercepted by safety block 30 acting to prevent striker pin 18 from engaging the cartridge in the chamber. Thus the auxiliary safety mechanism affords an additional measure of security preventing accidental firing of the automatic pistol. Or While there has been shown and described a preferred embodiment of safety device for semi-automatic pistols in accordance with the invention, it will be appreciated that many changes and modifications may be made therein without, however, departing from the essential spirit of the invention. For example, the invention is also applicable to a semi-automatic, hammerfired pistol provided with an inertia-type firing pin that is driven down a firing tunnel when the fully cocked hammer is released. In a pistol of this hammer-fired type, a safety block in accordance with the invention is so arranged that when the safety is operative, the block is received within a notch in the firing pin to prevent movement thereof. Of the block may be so positioned in the firing tunnel as to prevent the pin from completing its forward motion therethrough. The safety is spring-biased and the pistol is so designed, so that when the hammer is half or fully cocked, the safety falls into its operative position, and when the trigger is pulled, the safety block is retracted concurrently with the release of the hammer. I claim: 1. In an automatic pistol having a receiver and a slide thereon, said slide housing a striker firing mechanism including a spring-biased striker having a firing pin projecting axially therefrom which when released, travels through a striker tunnel in the slide to cause the pin to impinge on the cap of a cartridge contained in the pistol chamber, a dual-protection safety device compris- A. a lever pivotally mounted on the receiver and manually shiftable from a lowered retracted position to a raised operative position, B. a standard safety mechanism actuated by the lever in the operative position to lock the striker, and an auxiliary safety mechanism also actuated by the lever and including a safety block assembly movably disposed within a recess in the slide communicating with said striker tunnel, said safety block assembly being provided with a block having a downwardly extending arm whose lowermost edge is engageable by the upper edge of said lever, which block in the operative position of the lever, is caused to assume a position in said recess protrudsafety block assembly includes a. pin mounted above said block and a spring surrounding said pin to urge said block to said clearing position. 4. A safety device as set forth in claim 3, wherein said pin passes through a bore in said slide, the tip of said pin extending out of the bore in the operative position of the lever to indicate this state.

Description March 2, 1937. .1. A. BALL ET AL C INEMATOGRAPH IC CAMERA Filed Aug. 0. 1931 10 Sheets-Sheet 1 March 2, 1937. J. A BALL ET AL 2,072,091 C INEMATOGRAPHI C CAMERA Filed Aug. 20, 1931 10 Sheets-Sheet 2 I 4 Invvntors 5. Jasgv/z A fiaZZ, 27 Gerald jffiacfiea, March 2, 1937. J. A BALL ET AL 2,072,091 CINEMATOGRAPHIQ CAMERA Filed Aug. 20, 1931 10 Sheets-Sheet 3 Inventors V V Allbrncys J059v/2A,BaZZ, raZ I Jfaak l, March 2, 1937. J. A. BALL ET AL GINEMATOGRAPHIO CAMERA Filed Aug. 20, 1931 10 Sheets-Sheet 4 a 937- J. A. BALL El AL 2,072,031 C INEMATOGRAPHIC CAMERA Filed Aug 20, 1931 10 Sheets-Sheet 5 6 72 246 I 6/ 248W F J 1 Q2 9 Z! 4/ 24/], March 2, 1-937. J. A. BALL El AL 2,072,091 CINEMATOGRAFHIC CAMERA Filed Aug. 20, 1931 10 Sheets-Sheet 6 & wamww j 'A iii 5. March 2, 1937. .1. A. BALL ET A1. 2,072,091 C INEMA'I'OGRAPHI C CAMERA Filed Aug. 20, 1931 10 Sheets-Sheet 7 EFF i fiR A tqys. ' March 2, 1937. J A BAL ET A 2,072,091 CINEMATOGRAPHIC CAMERA Filed Aug. 20, 1931 10 Sheets$heet 8 juniors dbsgu/z A.fiaZZ, 62 /010 l7 flack t, [291 1 y ww w/ vfily March 2, 1937. .1. A. BALL Er AL 2,072,091 CINEMATOGRAPHIC CAMERA Filed Aug. 20, 1931 10 Sheets-Sheet 9 Inventors A llomcya March 2, 1937. J. A. BALL ET AL 2,072,091 CINEMATOGRAPH I C CAMERA Filed Aug. 20, 1931 10 Sheets-Sheet 10 @1- JIM 12/" A?! r I o/zi Q 7 v v Inventors iffy. 27. Jw' v/z A. 3422, GeraZd 134022; f' WW W Altomgys Patented Mar. 2, 1937 UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE CINEMATOGRAPHIC CAMERA Application August 20, 1931, Serial No. 558,193 29 Claims. This invention relates to cameras for making photographs in natural colors, by utilizing a divided light beam or otherwise, and although it is of more general applicability and usefulness for 5 various methods of cinematography and still photography, the invention is particularly adapted and designed for purposes of cinematography in natural colors according to the methods described and claimed in the copending applications of Joseph A. Ball, Serial No. 461,061, filed June 14, 1930, now Patent No. 1,889,030, and Serial No. 545,951, filed June 22, 1931, now Patent No. 2,000,058. These methods require a camera unit which is 15 in many respects different from the ordinary tures of the camera; to provide an arrangement for feeding a plurality of films from supply reels through a camera of this nature and for again winding them on conveniently arranged take-up reels; to provide an arrangement for such a m camera which permits easy threading of a plurality of films and assures steady progress of the films through the camera along short and uncomplicated paths; to provide means for lubricating the films within the camera in order to en- 35 hance their progress theret'hrough; and to pro vide for precise but simple mounting and adjusting of the various optical elements of the camera which are at the same time conveniently accessible. Further objects are to provide a novel 40 mount for the light-dividing system especially suited for cooperation with the other elements of this camera, means which hold the film-positioning devices and the optical elements in their correct relation to each other, a smooth and equalized drive for the film movements which also permits adjustment of the movements without affecting the drive, an improved gear arrangement for driving the various moving parts of the camera, a novel view finder mount especially so suited for purposes of the new camera, and generally to provide a camera for taking motion pictures in natural colors which can be easily and conveniently operated and which permits emcient commercial production of motion picture films 55 under conditions similar to those required for the taking of ordinary motion picture negatives. Additional objects of our invention will be apparent from the following description of a typical concrete embodiment illustrated by drawings, in which: Figs. 1 and 2 are side and rear elevations of the camera; Figs. 3 and 4 are vertical longitudinal sections viewed from the left and right of the camera respectively; Fig. 5 is a section on line 5-5 of Fig. 6; Fig. 6 is a section on line 6-6 of Fig. 5; Fig. '7 is a section on line 'II of Fig. 3; Fig. 8 is a. section on line 88 of Fig. 4; Fig. 9 is a top plan with the cover removed and parts broken away; Fig. 10 is a front elevation of the camera with the front wall removed; Figs. 11, 12 and 13, respectively, are diagrammatic showings of the manner of threading the films; Fig. '14 is a. section on line H-Hi of Fig. 5; Fig. 15 is a front elevation of the sprocket mechanism viewed from the bottom of Fig. 14; Fig. 16 is a section on line lG-l6 of Fig. 14; Fig. 17 is a front elevation similar to Fig. 15 but in the rear of the sprocket wheels; Fig. 18 is a diagrammatic plan of the prism system; Fig. 19 is an elevation of the light-dividing prism and its mount viewed from the front; Fig. 20 is a plan view of the upper part of the prism mount; I Fig. 21 is a section on line 2|2| of Fig. 19; Fig. 22 is a section on line 2222 of Fig. 19; Fig. 23 is a plan view of the lower half of the prism mount with the knife edge in place; Fig. 24 is similar to Fig. 23, but with the knife edge cut away; Fig. 25 is a plan view of the central supporting block showing the film lubricating means; Fig. 26 is a front elevation viewed from the left of Fig. 25; Fig. 27 is a side elevation viewed from the top of Fig. 25; and Fig. 28 is a front elevation viewed from the bottom of Fig. 25. The optical arrangement as described and claimed in the aforementioned applications comprises a lens system L (Fig. 18) and a prism P with a partially reflecting mirror M and two apertures in planes perpendicular to each other for exposing film G and superposed films B and R respectively. The various means and arrangements of the new camera for exposing the films in this manner will now be described, but it is understood that each aperture may contain a plurality of films and that the camera is not limited to the use of two apertures or to the light-dividing system and the particular relative arrangement of apertures and optical elements as herein described. General arrangement and housing.The various mechanisms of the camera are mounted within a sturdy housing in such a manner that the parts which require accurate positioning with respect to each other are combined in separate units which are structurally capable of maintaining the accuracy of position independently of other units and which are separately accessible and adjustable, whereas parts which do not require particular accuracy of assembly and operation are distributed in other units. Referring especially to Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9 and 10, the housing I, which is made of ribbed metal parts (preferably of light weight alloy), is builtupon a base 2 comprising a plate 3 and a gear box 6 (Fig. 5). The base plate 3 is conveniently mounted by means of a threaded boss 8 upon a tripod head t which has the customary means for rotating and tilting the camera. The gear box 6 has receptacles l for the connecting plug of a flexible shaft is or other source of power for driving the various movements of the camera. The base plate and gear hos: are screwed together, threaded bosses to being provided for this purpose within the gear box casting. Mounted on the front of gear box are two rods it and t2 supporting a hood it which shades the lens systems and has provisions for attaching filters, screens, etc. (Figs. 1 and 6). Inside the gear box is mounted a power distributing device with various gears and a flywheel which will later be described in detail; and on top of the gear box is mounted the central supporting block 5! for the light splitting system and the film movements, and the sprocket drive shaft housing i33 (Figs. 4 and 5), both also to be described later. Mounted upon the gear box 6 is arear wall it which also covers a part of each of the longer sides of the camera as shown in Fig. 9. The rear wall l6 has a cylindrical bulge l 1' for the sprocket roller mechanism (to be described later), brackets l8 and I46 (Figs. 4 and 5) and a hollow extension M5 (Fig. 14) for supporting the sprocket roller mechanism (to be described later), and also provisions for mounting a tube 263 for the eyepiece 8 of a view finder. On one side portion of the rear wall is a footage indicator l9 (Fig. 1) of usual design which is suitably coupled to the sprocket drive. The front wall 2| forms a housing 22 (Fig. 3) for the shutter shaft and another housing 23 (Fig. 5) for the shutter drive shaft. The front wall also supports the front door 24 (Fig. 4) by means of hinges I 2| and I22 (Figs. 5 and 9) to which the lens system L is fastened by means of clamp screws 26. The front door 24 has a lock 31 in a boss 38, this look cooperating with boss I08 of the main supporting block to hold the lens system. on the closed door in adjusted position relative to the light-dividing prism inside the casing. The front wall also forms one-half 28 (Figs. 1, 9 and 10) of a shutter housing, the other half 30 thereof being part of a side door 3| which has horizontal hinges 32 and a lock 33 and which supports part of the view finder later to be described. The side door closes the space between front wall and the side extension of the back wall as shown in Figs. 1 and 9. The fourth side of fhereinafter. the camera is closed by a side door 36 (Figs.- 9 and 10) which provides access to the other side of the camera. The top plate 4| (Fig. 3), which rests on the side walls to which it is screwed, as indicated at 40, has mounted thereon a bracket 42 which supports a film guiding roller I06 and also the magazine 46 itself by means of a ledge 41 and screws 48. The magazine has a light seal 49 with three rollers 25l, 252, 253 (Fig. 3), and preferably incorporates a frictional drive for the three spools supported on shaft I58. Central supporting bZocIc.--The block 5! (Figs. 8, 4, 8, 9, 10,. 19 and 21), which supports the light-dividing prism system and thetwo film movements of the camera, is screwed directly to gear box 6 through foot 52. With the foot 52 and the two iianges 53 and 54 the block St has a main cross-section in the shape of an L, and the housing it'd for the drive shaft m is provided in the angle of this L-shaped support (Figs. 4 and 8) The block 5i also has a prism bracket 55 (Figs. 10 and 19). The mutually perpendicular machined faces of flanges 53 and 54 and of bracket 55 correspond to the faces of the prism unit, the flange faces forming an angle of 270, and the bracket face forming angles with each flange face. The flanges 53 and 54 have vertical key ways-iii and 5? in their faces for positioning and adjusting the film movements, and also openings 58 and 59 (Fig. 8) for the bearings 248 and 249 of the film movement drive shafts hereinafter described. Each movement has an aperture plate ti and 62 (Figs. 3 and 25) respectively and back plates and (34 (Figs. 3 and 4) respectively between which the films are guided. The film feeding device proper (Figs. 3, 4, and 10) comprises registering pins 66 mounted on. a yoke 61 and a rod 59 with fork 69, the registering pins being reciprocated perpendicularly to the aperture plane by means of cam ll which is eccentrically mounted upon gear 12. The movement further comprises feeding pins 13 driven by cam E5 of gear l5 which meshes with gear 12. This film movement is of known design, may be replaced by any other suitable movement, and need therefore not be described in detail herein. The back plates 63 and 64 are integral with aperture flanges 8i and 82 (Figs. 8, 25 and 26), with which they form angular pieces, the flanges being slidably fastened to the block flanges 53 and 54. It will be evident that the aperture plates BI and 62 form angles of 90 with each other and the braclo et face, and that the optical axes of the light dividing prism P, mounted on bracket 9|, will be substantially perpendicular to the respective aperture plates, as will be described more in detail With the aid of keys in key ways 56 and 51 the movements can be adjusted in vertical direction without becoming subject to rotation about the axis of their shafts, and by shimming them away from their supporting faces they can also be adjusted perpendicular to these faces. For adjusting the relative positions of the movements on the central supporting block two screw wedges l6 and I1 (Fig. 7) are arranged to engage the wedged perforations l8 and 19 of flanges 53 and 54. By appropriately adjusting these wedge screws the entire movements can be slightly moved in vertical direction with respect to block flanges 53 and 54. After proper adjustment aperture plates 6| and 82 can be braced, dowelled, and fastened together with. a strong aperture plate bracket 60 (Figs. 3, 9 and 10). The light-dividing \nd selecting system P (Figs. 3, 9, 10, 18 and 19) is preferably arranged as described in the above-identified copending applications of Joseph A. Ball and its optical charfit snugly into slots 99 and 99 of steel plate 89, thereby confining the relative motion of prism mount and base plate within a plane perpendicular to groove 81. Base plate 9i is fixed to bracket 99 after the bosses 92 and 98 are placed perpendicular to the plane of aperture 9I and parallel to the plane of aperture 92. The groove 81 receives a knife 99 with an edge 91, knife 99 having a round extension 98 which rests rotatably in an eccentric bushing 99 confined in base plate 9|. Accordingly the prism mount can rotate about a horizontal axis defined by the knife-edge 91 and the bosses 92, 98 and slots 99, 99. For final adjustment, it can also be transposed laterally by means of the eccentric bushing which may have graduations (as shown in Fig. 24) indicating the degree of lateral movement. Steel plate .99 is pressed towards the ball point I98 of a micrometer screw I99 by screw I9I and fiat spring I92, the micrometer screw being supported in boss I99 of bracket 95 and locked by screw I99. By adjusting screw I99 the prism mount can be rotated about edge 91. The central supporting block also has a threaded boss I99 which cooperates with boss 88 and lock screw 81 of the lens door 29. Both bosses have exactly machined faces which, with the door in closed position, are pressed together by the lock screw engaging the threads in boss I98, so that the prism and lens systems are exactly spaced when the door is locked. In order not to interfere with. the function of the spacing bosses the door does not close snugly against its jamb. This arrangement insures that even thoughthe front wall of the camera may flex and distort slightly, the distance from film to lens or focus setting can not be affected. Furthermore the lens door hinges I2I and I 22 are placed as far as possible away from the optical axis of the lens system so that the direction of the axis will only shift to a negligibly small degree if the front wall should flex. This arrangement of lens mount and central supporting block with aperture mounts and prism mount permits adjustment of the relative position of lens, prism and apertures in the following manner. The aperture plates 9| and 92 determine, with back plates 98 and 99, the planes of the recording surfaces and the registering pins 99 position the recording surfaces definitely within their planes by engaging the film perforations, so that aperture plates and registering pins together fully determine the position of the picture frames. In order to coordinate the two aperture planes with the optical planes of the images as produced by lens and prism, it is prefer- I able first to fix the relative positions of the aperture rectangles or picture frames by positioning the four registering pins in a single plane transverse to the supporting block flanges, and at equal distances from the line of intersection of the two aperture planes. This is accomplished by slightly moving the aperture flanges longitudinally along key ways 99 and 91 of the supporting block, in order to bring the registering pins in the same plane, and by slightly shimming them in order to equalize their distances from the intersection line of the aperture planes. It is possible to make these adjustments without affecting the mesh of the driving gear because of the peculiar design of the driving gear of the film movements which will later be described. After the aperture planes and the picture frames within these planes are correctly positioned the light splitting prism can be fixed in its proper position relative to the apertures by adjusting the knifeedge 91 and ball point I98. In this manner the prism can be very accurately shifted into optical alignment and register with the film positioning members and the lens system, and then held accurately and permanently in that position. Furthermore the prism can be removed for cleaning or other purposes and repositioned, without in any way disturbing its correct position, merely by loosening screw IM and, upon returning, engaging its slots 99 and 99 with registering bosses 92 and 98 until it rests on knife-edge!" (which is free to rotate about extension 98 into alignment with the groove) and ball point I98, whereupon it is again fastened with screw I9I. In this manner, the prism mount proper is secured in place merely by faces 92.and 98, knife-edge 91 and ball point I98, these elements being sumcient positively to determine the spatial position of the mount, without introducing uncontrolled stresses, since they form a statically determinate system. Film oiling device.'I'he aperture plates 9i and 92 support oiling devices which consist substantially of felt pads arranged to touch the films slightly along their perforated margins and apply a slight amount of oil to them as they enter the movements. Such oiling devices are practically indispensable with apparatus of the kind described and are shown separately in Figs. 25, 26, 27 and 28. Pad holders III and II 2 (Figs. 26 and 28) are secured to the aperture plates respectively, the holders, with the aid of clamping plates H8 and screws II9, supporting U-shaped felt pads H9 and H9. The aperture containing superposed films requires two oil pads, one for each film, and has therefore in addition an outer pad holder II9 with pad II1 fastened thereto by means of clamp plate H9 and screws I29 (Figs. 25 and 26). The outside pad holder has an arm I29 journaled on screw pin I29 and forced towards the film by spring I 21. It can be swung away from the films by means of handle I29 and its proper distance from the film is maintained with the aid of two positioning pins HI and I22 which screw into holder H2 at I28 and I 29 and whoselength can be adiusted according to requirements. Feed and take-up sprockets-Referring especially to Figs. 5, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 1'7, bracket I9 on rear wall I9 of the camera houshousing encloses the spiral gear I82 which is mounted on shaft 2I8- ascending from the power distribution gear and protected at its lower part by shaft housing I88'(Fig. 5) screwed to gear box 8. Housing I8I, together with bearing plate I89 (Fig. 14) also supports sprocket shaft I89 (Figs. 3 and 14) by means of two tapered roller bearings I89 and I81. Within the housing III a gear wheel I88, which meshes with spiral gear I82, is fixed to shaft I89. A pulley I89 for the belt drive of the take-up spools is also fixed to shaft I89. This belt drive is made light tight by housing 98 (Fig. 5). Keyed to shaft I89 are three sprockets I4I, I42 and I43. Housing I3I andtubular extension I45 of rear wall I6 (Fig. 14) support, together with bracket I46 and its boss I44, a tube I41 upon which scissor units I5I, I52, I53, I54, I and I56 are rotatably mounted. Each scissor unit has a hub I60 (Figs. 16 and 17)-, a roller arm I6I, a segment arm I68 and a segment I69 (Fig. 14). Two adjacent units cooperate like the blades of a scissors, swinging with their-hubs on tube I41, the hubs of two cooperating scissor units being at opposite sides of the arms, with the roller arms intermediate thereof, and the segment arms attached at about the middle of the hubs. Each of the roller arms I6I and I63 (Fig. 15), which are the upper arms belonging to sprockets HI and I42, supports, by means of pins I15, four rollers I1I, I12, I13, I14 and 21I, 212, 213, 214, respectively, rollers I12, I13 and 212, 213, respectively, having the purpose of holding the film against the sprockets, whereas rollers I1I, 21I and I14, 214, respectively, support the films as they leave the sprockets, as will later be described in detail. The lower roller arms I62. and I64 have only three rollers I16, I11, I18 and 216, 211, 218, respectively, arranged like upper rollers I12, I13, I14, 21.2, 213 and 214. The upper roller arm I65 belonging to sprocket I43 has only three rollers I BI, I82 and I 83 corresponding to rollers I1I, I12 and I 13 of the upper roller arm I6I. Lower roller arm I66 which cooperates with upper roller arm I65 has two rollers I86 and I81 arranged similar to rollers I16 and I11 of roller arm I62. The segments I69 fit with their circular fronts into the bulge I1 of rear wall I6 of the camera, and each segment has two perforations I88, I89 which are adapted to receive pins I98 of six control knobs I9I, I92, I93, I94, I95 and I96, one for each segment. Holes I88 correspond to the open or film releasing position of the roller arms, and perforations I89 to the closed or film engaging position'thereof. By pulling back a control knob, the corresponding pin releases the perforations which it engaged, the segment and the roller arm can be rotated and the latter again arrested in its second position by releasing the control knob. The operation of the sprocket device, in cooperation with the films and the apertures, will be described hereinafter. The film loop between aperture plate 6| and sprockets MI and I42 is furthermore supported by two guide rollers I06 and I01 (Fig. 4), roller I06 being carried by the top of gear box 6 and roller I01 by bracket 42 of the housing top. Driving gear.The camera comprises three different power driven units, namely, the aperture unit with two film-feeding movements, the film sprocket and take-up spool drive, and the shutter drive. In order to make the various drives properly accessible and easily and independently adjustable, a power distribution gear is arranged in gear box 6 (described hereinbefore), and the three units are independently driven by three shafts vertically ascending therefrom. The distribution gear comprises bearings 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205 and 206 (Fig. 6) attached to the top of the gear box and three shafts 201, 208, 209. Shafts 208 and 209 are connected with shaft 201 by spiral gears 2H and 2I2. Each of these three shafts 201, 208 and 209 has a square end for coupling it with a flexible shaft or other driving device by mea' is of receptacles 1 (as described before), which permits power supply from either side and from the back of the camera. Vertical shafts 2i 6, 2I1 and 2I8 are driver from shafts 201 and 209 by means of spiral gears MI, 222 and 223. The shafts 2I6, 2I1 and 2I8 respectively, are supported by thrust bearings 226, 221, 228, 23I, 232, 233 (Figs. 4 and 5) and run in oil-tight housings 23, I33 and I34, as described hereinbefore. The shutter drive shaft 2I6 drives a shutter shaft 231 over spiral gear 236, supported in housing 22 of front wall 2| by two tapered roller bearings 238 and 239, and accessible through cover screw 240 (Fig. 3). A shutter 45 of conventional design is mounted on an extension of shaft 231 which protrudes beyond the housing 22. The shutter rotates between lens system L and prism system P, partly in the housing formed by the halves 28 and 30 of front wall and side door respectively, as described before. In order, to assure harmonious operation of the two film movements they are both driven from shaft 2I1 over a. single spiral gear wheel 2) c meshing with two gear wheels MI and 242 (Fig. 8). Shaft 2I1 runs in housing I34 of the main supporting block 5I in thrust bearings 221 and 232. Gear wheels MI and 242 drive the two short film movement shafts 246 and 241 (Fig. 8) which are supported in aperture flanges 8| and 82 by means of bearings 248 and 249. As described before, the aperture flanges BI and 62, mounted on block flanges 53 and 54, are adjustable transversely and longitudinally of the block flanges and this adjustment is made possible by the peculiar arrangement of gears 2I0, MI, and 242 whose mesh is not affected by such adjustments. Although the timing of the movements is very slightly effected thereby, the adjustment amounts ordinarily to only a few thousandths of an inch and its effect on timing is therefore negligible. present invention. Since it is mounted on shaft 2I1, either within the gear box as shown in Fig. 5 or elsewhere, it acts upon both movements driven from the same shaft. The sprocket drive shaft- 2I8 supported by thrust bearings 228 and 233 runs within housings I33 and I3I and drives the gear wheel I38 (Fig. 14) on shaft I35 by means of spiral gear I32. From pulley I39, also fastened to the sprocket shaft 135, a belt drive 352 leads through housing 43 (Fig. 5) to pulley 353 of the take-up spool gear which again drives in appropriate manner the three take-up spools for the three films which are mounted on a shaft (or on concentrical or parallel shafts) parallel to the sprocket shaft I35. iew fi7zder.-A view finder whose optical a1- rangem-ent is not a subject matter of the present patent application, comprises substantially a mirror 255 opposite face 256 of the prism P (Figs. 9 and 10) face 256 not being obstructed by any of the elements of the camera, and an eyepiece 8. The mirror 255 is supported at the end of the tube 258 mounted on the side door 3 I. The eyepiece 8 is mounted in tube 263 which is secured to and penetrates back wall I6. This arrangement has the advantage of making the prism P and the central supporting block easily accessible through side door II, and it also permits convenient cleaning of the finder mirror Operation-The adjustment of the optical elements, namely, lens system, prism system, and apertures, in their proper relative position has been explained before to some extent, but will now be described as a whole. The lens system L is secured in lens door 24 by clamp' screws 28 and maintained at .the proper distance from the prism system P by means of bosses 88 and I08 of door and main supporting block, respectively, and by screw lock 81. .This arrangement permits access to the lens system as well as to the front part of the camera by opening door 24, without disturbing the initial relative adjustment of these two systems upon subsequent closing of the door. Permanent adjustment of the prism system relative to the lens system and apertures is accomplished by properly and accurately machining the faces of bracket 55, base plate 9i, knives 91 and 88, steel plate 85, slots 84 and 85, and bosses 92 and 83, and by setting ball point I83. The apertures are positioned by vertically shifting the aperture flanges 8I and 82 and key ways 55 and 51 and by .shim'ming them perpendicular to the faces of flanges 58 and 54. The various positioning movements are so arranged as to allow relative motion of the optical elements in straight paths along the three mutually perpendicular dimensions and rotation about three axes coinciding with the directions of the dimensions; in other words, adjustment takes place by transverse motion along the three axes of a three dimensional rectangular reference system and rotation about these three axes. Furthermore, the prism system can be removed for cleaning or other purposes and again replaced exactly into the former position by means of screw I I knifeedge 81, ball point I88, and bosses and slots 82, 93, 94, 95, defining a statically determinate system, as described hereinbefore. With the optical elements properly positioned, it will hardly be necessary ever to readjust them because both aperture and prism systems are arranged upon the rigid main supporting block i, and because of the lens door construction. In order to thread the films, three film spools are inserted in magazine 50 on a shaft I51 (Fig. 3) which is substantially parallel to sprocket shaft Hi, the ends of the films being secured to three take-up spools similarly arranged on shaft I58. The films are threaded between rollers 25I, 252 and 253 of the light seal 49 so that the three film loops are now arranged parallel side by side. Assuming that the films are to be exposed as described before with reference to Fig. 18, the film B bearing the blue recording emulsion comes from sprocket I4I next to side door 85, the film R with the red recording emulsion is in the center coming from sprocket roll I42 and the green recording film G is next to the sprocket drive coming from sprocket roll I43. The films are wound upon their spools in such amanner that the emulsions of films B and G face roller 25I, whereas the emulsion of him R faces roller 252. The scissor units are opened and kept in this position by .knobs I8I to I88, which, during the threading operation, are consecutively moved into closed position where they are'again arrested by the knob pins and segments. The films are threaded in the following manner. Each film is first ins serted between rollers I'll and I12, 21I and 212, 76 respectively, and I8I and I82, respectively (Figs. being in contact, with the blue sensitive film nearest to prism P, as shown in Fig. 18. Upon emerging from the film gate, the two superposed films B and R are again separated and returned to their sprocket wheels with loops converse of those between the upper rolls and the film gate. The loops are supported by guide rolls I88 and I81 (Fig. 4). The films B and R are now introduced between rollers I11 and I18 and 211 and 218, respectively, their perforations engaged at the lower side of the sprocket rollers HI and I42, where they are secured by rollers I and I11 and 216 and 211, respectively, and brought out over the upper side of rollers HI and 21I, respectively. As described before, the emerging films are threaded between rollers 252 and 258 of the light seal and are ready to be wound upon the three take-up spools in magazine 58, which are arranged on a shaft I58 similar to the spools in magazine 68 and driven from pulley 858. Threading over the sprocket wheels can be conveniently accomplished through the opened side door 35 and the apertures are easily accessible through lens door 24 and side door 3|. This arrangement permits placing the triple unit magazines with their long dimension parallel to the optical axis of the camera, which results in a ratio between length and width of the camera which is desirable in any device which is pointed toward an object. This design also afiords a spatial arrangement of the films which permits them to be housed in a box of desirable rectangular proportions and smaller content than could otherwise be obtained, thus eliminating undesirable weight and avoiding clumsily dimensioned apparatus. It should be understood that the present disclosure is for the purpose of illustration only and that this invention includes all modifications and equivalents which fall within the scope of the appended claims. We claim: 1.' A mount for an optical system comprising means mechanically defining an axis substantially parallel to an optical axis of said system, means for laterally adjusting said axis, means for rigidly positioning said optical system with reference to said axis excepting for rotation thereabout, and separate means for adiustably positioning said system with respect to said rotation. 2. In a device of the character described, a mount carrying an optical system, means for rigidly supporting said mount excepting for rotation about two axes and progress in one of. said two axes, means restraining motion along said one of said two axes and rotation about the other of said two axes, and means restraining the remaining rotatory motion, said mount and said optical system forming a statically determinate system and said axes being substantially parallel to optical axes of said system. 3. In a device of thecharacter described, an optical unit comprising a support, a light divider on said support having a surface for dividing an incident light beam into two component beams one of which is at an angle to the incident beam, a film gate for each beam, and means for adjustably mounting said unit, said mounting means comprising a pivot co-directional with one of said beams and means to rotate the support on the pivot to adjust the other beam relatively to its gate. 4. In a device of the character described, an optical unit comprising a support, a light divider on said support having a surface for dividing an incident light beam into two component beams one of which is at an angle to the incident beam, a film gate for each beam, and means for adjustably mounting said unit, said mounting means comprising a pivot co-directional with one of said beams and an adjustable stop for said support to rotate the support on the pivot for adjusting the other beam relatively to its gate. 5. In a device of the character described, an optical unit comprising a support, a light divider on said support having a surface for dividing an incident light beam into two component beams one of which is at an angle to the incident beam, a film gate for each beam, and means for adjustably mounting said unit, said mounting means comprising a pivot co-directional with the undiverted beam and means to rotate the support on 'the pivot to adjust the diverted beam relatively to its gate. 6. In a device of the character described, an optical system mounted on a base plate having a linear groove, a support plate, a knife-edge freely rotatable about an axis substantially perpendicular to said support plate and engaging said groove, an adjustable point support for said base plate, and means confining the relative motion of base plate and support plate to a plane substantially perpendicular to said groove. 7. In a device of the character described an optical system mounted on a plate, a support plate, a knife edge on one of said plates freely engaging a linear groove on the other one of said plates, said knife edge being rotatable with respect to its plate about an axis substantially perpendicular to the edge, an adjustable free point contact between said two plates, and means for retaining said plates in contact through said groove, said edge and said point. 8. A motion picture machine comprising means for supplying three films, two film gates, three substantially coaxial sprocket means receiving said films from said supply means side by side substantially in a single plane, feeding two films to one of said gates which receives said two films in superposition and the third film to the other gate, and receiving them again from said gates side by side in a single plane, said films forming loops between the two film receiving portions of each of said sprocket means. 9. A motion picture machine comprising a light dividing system for providing two componentlight beams at an angle to each other, three fihn reels each supplying a film strip, a film gate in each light beam, means for feeding the three films to and from the gates, means between the gates and the feeding means for superimposing two of the films, means beyond the gates for separating the films and guiding them separately to the feeding means and three reels for taking up the films separately. 10. A motion picture camera of the character described comprising means for rotatably and coaxially supporting two film reels each supplying a, film strip, a film gate at an angle to the axis of said reels, means for transporting in unison said film strips toward said gate, and means between the transport means and the film gate for superimposing the two films. 11. In a motion picture machine of the character described, means for providing component light beams at an angle to each other, a group of three reels supplying film strips, a group of three film sprockets, two film gates substantially perpendicular to the directions of said beams, means between the gates and the sprockets for superimposing two film strips supplied from different reels by two different sprockets in \one of said gates, and means for guiding the film strip supplied from the third reel by the third sprocket through the other gate. 12. In a device of the character described, a central supporting block having two faces forming a reflex dihedral angle and two film gates, each gate comprising a film aperture plate and a support flange at an angle thereto, means to secure the support flanges to said faces with the aperture flanges extending within the refiex angle betweeen said faces, and light dividing means between said aperture plates directing light to said film gates. 13. A photographic camera comprising a central supporting block having a prism bracket, a light-dividing prism mounted on a base plate having a linear groove, a support plate resting on said bracket and having associated therewith a linear knife-edge engaging said groove and rotatable about an axis substantially perpendicue lar to said support plate, means supporting said base plate at a point which is adjustable substantially perpendicular to said plates and means confining the relative movement of said plates to a plane substantiallyperpendicular to said knifeedge. y 14. A camera comprising a supporting block having three mutually perpendicular faces, two of which face the third and have parallel key ways substantially perpendicular to said third face, film gates mounted upon said two faces and adjustable along said key ways, and a light-splitting device mounted on said third face. 15. A motion picture camera comprising a rigid supporting block having three faces, two faces forming an angle of approximately 270 degrees and the plane of the third face forming with each of the first two faces angles of approximately degrees, an angular film gate support mounted on each of said first two faces for adjustment substantially perpendicular to said third face, each support having an aperture flange mounted on one of said two faces and an aperture plate extending to form substantially a right angle with the aperture plate of the other support, a light dividing prism mounted on said third face of said angle between said aperture plates with its component optical axes substantially perpendicular to said aperture plates, and adjusting means for rotating said prism about an axis parallel to one of said optical axes. 16. In a camera, a housing base plate, a unitary supporting block with a supporting base secured to said plate, a prism mounting surface and two .gate supporting faces fronting said surface at angles to one another on said block, film gates mounted on said faces above the base and light dividing means mounted on said surface, said light dividing means directing light beams towards said film gates. 17. In a camera, a rigid unitary supporting ,block, a prism mounting surface on said block, two film gate support faces on said block extending at angles to each other and said surface and fronting said surface, film gates secured to said faces, and light dividing means mounted on said surface, said light dividing means directing light beams toward said film gates, and means on the block to feed film through said gates. 18. In a camera, a housing base plate, a unitary supporting block with a supporting base secured to said plate, a prism mounting surface and two gate supporting faces fronting the said surface at substantially right angles to one another on said block, film gates mounted on said faces above the base, and light dividing means mounted on said surface, said light dividing means directing light beams towards saidgates. 19. In a camera, a rigid unitary supporting block, a prism mounting surface on said block, two film gate support faces on said block extending at substantially right angles to each other and said surface and fronting said surface, film gates secured to said faces and light dividing means mounted on said surface at the side of said faces, said light dividing means directing light beams toward said film gates and means on the block to feed film through said gates. 20. In a camera, a rigid unitary supporting block, a prism mounting surface on said block, two film gate support faces on said block extending at angles to each other and said surface and fronting said surface, film gates secured to said faces, light dividing means mounted on said surface directing light beams toward said film gates, and means for adjusting said film. gates in planes parallel to said faces. 21. In a camera, a housing base plate, a unitary supporting block with a supporting base secured to said plate, a prism mounting surface and two gate supporting faces fronting said surface at angles to one another on said block, film gates mounted on said faces above said base, light dividing means mounted on said surface for directing light beams towards said gates, means for adjusting said film gates relatively to said surface, and clamping means directly connecting said film gates, securing their relative position. 22. A camera comprising a base plate, power distribution means mounted thereon, a front wall carrying a shutter and a lens system, a supporting block carrying film movements, and a rear wall carrying film feed and take-up means, said distribution means, said front wall, said block, and said rear wall being mounted on said base plate, a top removably carrying a film supply and take-up magazine, and doors forming part of the side walls of said camera. 23. A motion picture camera of the character described comprising an apparatus housing, a film reel container on said housing, an opening connecting said housing 'and said container, means for rotatably mounting two film reels within said container at a distance substantially smaller than the width of a film strip, a single means for driving said reels, and within said housing two coaxial sprocket means at the distance of said reels and two film gates, said reels supplying two films through said opening to said sprockets which transport them to said film a corresponding boss on said supporting block, and means for positively contacting said bosses when the door is in closed position. 26. A motion picture camera comprising a housing, a central supporting block mounted on said housing, a light dividing system adjustably mounted on said block, film movements and -a common drive therefor also mounted on said block, a lens system movably mounted on said housing, and means associated with said block and said lens system for spacing said system and the elements mounted upon said block independently of said housing. 2'7. A motion picture camera comprising a housing, a central supporting block mounted on said housing, a light dividing system and two film movements adjustably mounted on said block, a common gear drive for said movements permitting adjustment thereof mounted on said block, a lens system hinged to said housing, spacing means on said lens system and spacing means whereby said lens system, said film movements and said drive are correlated by means of said block, independently of other parts of the camera. 28. A photographic camera comprising an apparatus housing, a lens system support movably mounted on said housing, a film gate supporting block fixed to said housing back of said support, a stop on said block, and means on said support to engage said stop and exactly and directly to space the lens system and the film gate independently of said housing. 29. A camera comprising an apparatus housing, a lens system, a support for said system swingingly connected to said housing, a supporting block mounted on said housing, two film gates fixed to said block, a light splitting system secured to said block for directing components of light impending from said lens system towards said film gates, and means for directly contacting said support and said block exactly and directly to space said lens system and said block independently of said housing. JOSEPH A. BALL. GERALD F. RACKE'I'I.